Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,210 missions · 1,107 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1103Completed1107All2210
CombinatoricsOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Improved Guarantees for Offline Stochastic Matching via New Ordered Contention Resolution Schemes II: With Infinite Patience, Attenuated Random-Order Probing Probes Each Edge w.p. ≥ (1 − e^(−2))y_e/2Research Paper

Motivation

In stochastic matching a platform knows, for every potential pair, the probability that the pair would succeed, but learns whether it does only by trying it, and a successful trial is binding. Kidney exchange, online dating and labour markets are the standard examples: a crossmatch test, a date or an interview is a probe whose outcome is random, and a positive outcome commits both sides. Each participant also tolerates only a limited number of attempts, its patience. The algorithmic question, studied since Chen, Immorlica, Karlin, Mahdian and Rudra (ICALP 2009), is how much of the optimal adaptive strategy's expected weight a simple, non-adaptive rule can secure.

The modern approach solves a linear programming relaxation and rounds its fractional solution online, through a contention resolution scheme: edges are examined one at a time, and an edge is used only when it does not conflict with earlier decisions. Bansal, Gupta, Li, Mestre, Nagarajan and Rudra (Algorithmica 2012) introduced the relaxation (LP (3) below) and showed that it bounds every adaptive probing algorithm. Baveja, Chavan, Nikiforov, Srinivasan and Xu (Algorithmica 2018) analysed processing edges in a uniformly random order. Brubach, Grammel, Ma, MacRury and Srinivasan (Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2106.06892) add attenuation: an independent coin that sometimes skips an edge on purpose, so that edges likely to block others are probed less often. This mission formalizes their guarantee when patience is unlimited.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a finite graph. Each edge eee is active independently with known probability pe∈[0,1]p_e\in[0,1]pe​∈[0,1], and each vertex vvv has a patience tv∈N∪{∞}t_v\in\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}tv​∈N∪{∞}, the maximal number of edges at vvv that may be probed. Write δ(v)\delta(v)δ(v) for the edges incident to vvv. A vector (ye)e∈E(y_e)_{e\in E}(ye​)e∈E​ is feasible for LP (3) when

0≤ye≤1,∑e∈δ(v)yepe≤1,∑e∈δ(v)ye≤tv(e∈E, v∈V);0\le y_e\le 1,\qquad \sum_{e\in\delta(v)}y_ep_e\le 1,\qquad \sum_{e\in\delta(v)}y_e\le t_v\qquad(e\in E,\ v\in V);0≤ye​≤1,e∈δ(v)∑​ye​pe​≤1,e∈δ(v)∑​ye​≤tv​(e∈E, v∈V);

yey_eye​ is read as the probability of probing eee, and ze=yepez_e=y_ep_eze​=ye​pe​ as the probability that eee is matched.

An attenuation function is a map a~:[0,1]→[0,1]\tilde a:[0,1]\to[0,1]a~:[0,1]→[0,1], and the attenuation of an edge is a(e)=a~(peye)a(e)=\tilde a(p_ey_e)a(e)=a~(pe​ye​). The paper's examples (Definition 4) are a~exp⁡(z)=e−αz\tilde a_{\exp}(z)=e^{-\alpha z}a~exp​(z)=e−αz, a~lin(z)=1−αz\tilde a_{\rm lin}(z)=1-\alpha za~lin​(z)=1−αz, and a~(z)=1−z1−e−(1−z)(1−1/e)\tilde a(z)=\frac{1-z}{1-e^{-(1-z)}}(1-1/e)a~(z)=1−e−(1−z)1−z​(1−1/e). A function is effective (Definition 3) when a~(0)=1\tilde a(0)=1a~(0)=1 and z↦ln⁡(1−xza~(z))z\mapsto\ln(1-xz\tilde a(z))z↦ln(1−xza~(z)) is convex on [0,1][0,1][0,1] for every x∈(0,1)x\in(0,1)x∈(0,1).

Algorithm 1 draws independent coins Ye∼Bernoulli(ye)Y_e\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(y_e)Ye​∼Bernoulli(ye​) and Ae∼Bernoulli(a(e))A_e\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(a(e))Ae​∼Bernoulli(a(e)) and processes the edges in a uniformly random order. When it reaches eee, it probes eee if eee is free (both endpoints unmatched and with remaining patience), Ye=1Y_e=1Ye​=1 and Ae=1A_e=1Ae​=1. A probe uses one unit of patience at both endpoints and reveals the activeness Pe∼Bernoulli(pe)P_e\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(p_e)Pe​∼Bernoulli(pe​); if Pe=1P_e=1Pe​=1, both endpoints are matched. The edge e={u,v}e=\{u,v\}e={u,v} is safe when, before eee is processed, each endpoint rrr has received at most tr−1t_r-1tr​−1 probes and no earlier edge f≠ef\neq ef=e at uuu or vvv has AfPfYf=1A_fP_fY_f=1Af​Pf​Yf​=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5 (p. 16)

If every patience is ∞\infty∞, (ye)(y_e)(ye​) is feasible for LP (3), and a~\tilde aa~ is a~exp⁡\tilde a_{\exp}a~exp​ or a~lin\tilde a_{\rm lin}a~lin​ with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2, then for every edge eee

Pr⁡[Algorithm 1 probes e] ≥ (∫01e−2x dx)ye=12(1−e−2)ye≈0.432 ye.\Pr[\text{Algorithm 1 probes }e]\ \ge\ \Bigl(\int_0^1e^{-2x}\,dx\Bigr)y_e=\tfrac12\bigl(1-e^{-2}\bigr)y_e\approx0.432\,y_e .Pr[Algorithm 1 probes e] ≥ (∫01​e−2xdx)ye​=21​(1−e−2)ye​≈0.432ye​.

Milestones

  1. The exponential and linear functions with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2 are effective (p. 9).
  2. Equation (4) (p. 9): the expected matched weight is ∑ewepePr⁡[e free]Pr⁡[Ye=1∩Ae=1]=∑ewepeyea(e)Pr⁡[e free]\sum_ew_ep_e\Pr[e\text{ free}]\Pr[Y_e=1\cap A_e=1]=\sum_ew_ep_ey_ea(e)\Pr[e\text{ free}]∑e​we​pe​Pr[e free]Pr[Ye​=1∩Ae​=1]=∑e​we​pe​ye​a(e)Pr[e free].
  3. Equation (7) (p. 10): a(e)Pr⁡[e is free]≥a~(peye)Pr⁡[e is safe]a(e)\Pr[e\text{ is free}]\ge\tilde a(p_ey_e)\Pr[e\text{ is safe}]a(e)Pr[e is free]≥a~(pe​ye​)Pr[e is safe].
  4. Lemma 3 (p. 11): ∏f∈E1(r)(1−xa(f)yf)≥e−x∑f∈E1(r)yf\prod_{f\in E_1(r)}(1-xa(f)y_f)\ge e^{-x\sum_{f\in E_1(r)}y_f}∏f∈E1​(r)​(1−xa(f)yf​)≥e−x∑f∈E1​(r)​yf​ for effective a~\tilde aa~, where E1(r)E_1(r)E1​(r) is the set of edges f≠ef\neq ef=e at rrr with pf=1p_f=1pf​=1.
  5. §3.3 (p. 16): z↦a~(z)∫01e−2x(1−z)dxz\mapsto\tilde a(z)\int_0^1e^{-2x(1-z)}dxz↦a~(z)∫01​e−2x(1−z)dx is minimized on [0,1][0,1][0,1] at z=0z=0z=0.

Companion: Corollary 6 (p. 16)

On a star graph with infinite patience and the third attenuation function, Pr⁡[e is probed]≥(1−1/e) ye\Pr[e\text{ is probed}]\ge(1-1/e)\,y_ePr[e is probed]≥(1−1/e)ye​. It comes with the identity of p. 16 behind it: for the third function, a~(z)∫01e−x(1−z)dx=1−1/e\tilde a(z)\int_0^1e^{-x(1-z)}dx=1-1/ea~(z)∫01​e−x(1−z)dx=1−1/e for all z∈[0,1]z\in[0,1]z∈[0,1]. Both are plain items of the mission, not milestones.

Significance

By (4), Corollary 5 bounds the expected weight of Algorithm 1 by 12(1−e−2)∑ewepeye\frac12(1-e^{-2})\sum_ew_ep_ey_e21​(1−e−2)∑e​we​pe​ye​, and with an optimal yyy and the bound of Bansal et al. this is a 0.4320.4320.432-approximation for stochastic matching without patience constraints. Because the bound holds edge by edge and for every feasible yyy, it also gives a random-order contention resolution scheme for the matching polytope, which is the form reused for other objectives and in online settings. Corollary 6 is the rank-one analogue with the constant 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e.

None of this is formalized. Stochastic probing, patience, random-order processing and attenuation have no counterpart in Mathlib or on the platform. The mission produces a finite, executable model of a probing algorithm run on random coins and a random order, in which these probabilities are exact finite sums; that model is reusable for the other results of the paper and for related rounding schemes. The paper's results are proved in §3.2 (pp. 9–15) and §3.3 (p. 16); the milestones are the steps used there.

Difficulty

The obvious argument treats the edges at the two endpoints of eee as independent obstacles, each blocking eee with probability proportional to its LP value. That fails because being free is not a product event: whether an earlier edge fff blocks eee depends on whether fff was itself free, which depends on the whole run before fff. A second difficulty is uniformity. The bound must hold for every feasible yyy, and the LP mass at an endpoint can be split among arbitrarily many edges of arbitrary sizes; the quantities involved are not monotone in how that mass is split, and the bound must survive the worst split, including the limit of many tiny edges. The choice of attenuation matters here: the third function of Definition 4 violates the convexity condition of Definition 3, which is why Corollary 6 is not covered by the paper's argument. Finally, the paper reasons with continuous arrival times, while the model has only permutations and finitely many coins.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The graph is the platform's EdmondsMatching65.Polyhedron.Graph (finite, loopless, parallel edges allowed). Probabilities ppp, LP values yyy, weights www and attenuations are real; patience is in ℕ∞, with ⊤=∞\top=\infty⊤=∞. Every probability is a finite average over the ∣E∣!|E|!∣E∣! orders of EEE and over all outcomes of the coins YYY, AAA, PPP, with product weights. The paper's independent uniform arrival times induce exactly this uniform order. The run of Algorithm 1 is computed step by step, with matched vertices and probe counters; free, probed and safe are events of that run.
  • Standing assumptions. 0≤pe≤10\le p_e\le10≤pe​≤1 for every edge (the meaning of "probability of being active"); LP (3) feasibility, which contains 0≤ye≤10\le y_e\le10≤ye​≤1; attenuations with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1] on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Disclosed choices. Corollary 5 is stated for a~exp⁡\tilde a_{\exp}a~exp​ and a~lin\tilde a_{\rm lin}a~lin​ with α=1/2\alpha=1/2α=1/2: the corollary says "the effective attenuation functions from Definition 4", its proof names these two, and the third function fails Definition 3 (g′′(0)<0g''(0)<0g′′(0)<0 for xxx near 1). The effectiveness milestone is stated for these two only. The third function is given its limit 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e at z=1z=1z=1, where the printed formula is 0/00/00/0. Corollary 6 is a companion item, not a milestone: the paper's argument for it passes through Lemma 3, which does not apply to the third function, so it is supported by numerical checks but its printed proof has a gap.
  • Not stated. The approximation-ratio and "balanced contention resolution scheme" sentences of Corollaries 5 and 6 need a model of all adaptive probing algorithms (Lemma 1 of the paper, from Bansal et al.) and are out of scope; the goals are the displayed probability bounds.
  • Ruled out. Defining Pr⁡[e is free]\Pr[e\text{ is free}]Pr[e is free] or Pr⁡[e is probed]\Pr[e\text{ is probed}]Pr[e is probed] by the product formula of p. 11 instead of from the run, or stating the goal for "some" attenuation function, would make the goal a different and easier theorem; neither is done.
  • Welcome contributions. Proofs of the milestones; a general lemma that an event depending only on the edges before eee is independent of eee's coins; a conditioning-on-arrival-time lemma for uniform permutations; a proof (or a counterexample) for Corollary 6.

Selected references

  • B. Brubach, N. Grammel, W. Ma, C. MacRury, A. Srinivasan, Improved Guarantees for Offline Stochastic Matching via New Ordered Contention Resolution Schemes, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2106.06892v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.06892
  • N. Bansal, A. Gupta, J. Li, J. Mestre, V. Nagarajan, A. Rudra, When LP Is the Cure for Your Matching Woes: Improved Bounds for Stochastic Matchings, Algorithmica 63(4):733–762, 2012. https://link.springer.com/journal/453/volumes-and-issues/63-4
  • A. Baveja, A. Chavan, A. Nikiforov, A. Srinivasan, P. Xu, Improved Bounds in Stochastic Matching and Optimization, Algorithmica 80(11):3225–3252, 2018. https://link.springer.com/journal/453/volumes-and-issues/80-11
  • N. Chen, N. Immorlica, A. R. Karlin, M. Mahdian, A. Rudra, Approximating Matches Made in Heaven, ICALP 2009, LNCS 5555. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02927-1
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism Design·Captain: mikedeng1

Deterministic Budget-Feasible Clock Auctions I: Iterative-Pruning Is a Budget-Feasible 4.75-Approximation for Monotone Submodular ValuationsResearch Paper

Motivation

In a budget-feasible procurement auction a buyer with a hard budget BBB acquires services from strategic sellers. Each seller iii has a private cost cic_ici​, and the buyer values a set SSS of hired sellers at v(S)v(S)v(S). The auction must keep total payments within BBB and make truthful behaviour optimal for every seller, while hiring a set whose value is close to the best set affordable at the true costs. The problem was introduced by Singer (FOCS 2010) and models crowdsourcing markets, influence maximization and data acquisition.

The known constant-factor auctions for monotone submodular valuations were sealed-bid and, for the most part, randomized: they choose between two candidate sets uniformly at random, or estimate the optimum from a random sample of the bidders. Amanatidis et al. named the existence of deterministic budget-feasible O(1)O(1)O(1)-approximation mechanisms for submodular valuations as the most intriguing open problem of the area. Balkanski, Garimidi, Gkatzelis, Schoepflin and Tan (arXiv:2107.09239, Operations Research 2025) answer it with a deterministic, polynomial-time mechanism with factor 4.754.754.75, which is moreover a descending clock auction: each seller only sees a non-increasing sequence of take-it-or-leave-it prices, so the auction is obviously strategyproof and weakly group strategyproof.

Timeline, as recorded in the paper:

  • 2010: Singer, the first constant-factor budget-feasible mechanism for monotone submodular valuations.
  • 2011: Chen, Gravin and Lu, mechanisms for additive and monotone submodular valuations, and the lower bound 1+21+\sqrt21+2​ on the approximation factor already for additive valuations.
  • Jalaly and Tardos (ACM TEAC 2021), a randomized 555-approximation for monotone submodular valuations, the best factor before this paper.
  • 2021: Balkanski et al., Iterative-Pruning, deterministic, factor 4.754.754.75 (this mission).

Setting

There are nnn bidders NNN. The valuation v:2N→R≥0v : 2^N \to \mathbb R_{\ge 0}v:2N→R≥0​ is monotone (v(S)≤v(T)v(S) \le v(T)v(S)≤v(T) for S⊆TS \subseteq TS⊆T) and submodular (v(S)+v(T)≥v(S∩T)+v(S∪T)v(S)+v(T) \ge v(S\cap T)+v(S\cup T)v(S)+v(T)≥v(S∩T)+v(S∪T)). Write v(T∣S)=v(S∪T)−v(S)v(T \mid S) = v(S\cup T) - v(S)v(T∣S)=v(S∪T)−v(S) for a marginal contribution. Costs satisfy ci≥0c_i \ge 0ci​≥0 and the budget is B>0B > 0B>0. A set OOO is budget feasible if ∑i∈Oci≤B\sum_{i\in O} c_i \le B∑i∈O​ci​≤B, and OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is the largest value of such a set.

Iterative-Pruning works in phases. Phase 1 puts the single most valuable bidder in S1S_1S1​ and sets the target OPT~1=v(S1)\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}_1 = v(S_1)OPT1​=v(S1​); all prices start at BBB. Each later phase ttt doubles the target, OPT~t=2OPT~t−1\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}_t = 2\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}_{t-1}OPTt​=2OPTt−1​, sets aside the previous set St−1S_{t-1}St−1​, and builds a new set StS_tSt​ greedily: the remaining bidder iii with the largest marginal contribution v({i}∣St)v(\{i\}\mid S_t)v({i}∣St​) is offered

pi←min⁡{pi,  v({i}∣St)⋅B/OPT~t},p_i \leftarrow \min\{p_i,\; v(\{i\}\mid S_t)\cdot B/\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}_t\},pi​←min{pi​,v({i}∣St​)⋅B/OPTt​},

joins StS_tSt​ if she accepts and leaves the auction for good if she rejects. A phase ends when v(St)≥OPT~tv(S_t) \ge \widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}_tv(St​)≥OPTt​ or no bidder is left to ask; the auction ends at the phase t^\hat tt^ after which every active bidder is in St^−1∪St^S_{\hat t-1} \cup S_{\hat t}St^−1​∪St^​. A pruning step then makes W1=St^−1W_1 = S_{\hat t-1}W1​=St^−1​ budget feasible by re-offering its last bidder a lower price, and Maximize-Value returns the better of W1W_1W1​ and W3=W2∪TW_3 = W_2 \cup TW3​=W2​∪T, where W2W_2W2​ is the longest budget-feasible prefix of W‾2=St^\overline W_2 = S_{\hat t}W2​=St^​ and TTT the longest prefix of W1W_1W1​ that still fits.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

With (W,p)(W, p)(W,p) the winning set and the final prices of Iterative-Pruning,

∑i∈Wpi≤Bandv(O)≤4.75 v(W)  for every O⊆N with ∑i∈Oci≤B.\sum_{i\in W} p_i \le B \qquad\text{and}\qquad v(O) \le 4.75\, v(W)\ \text{ for every } O \subseteq N \text{ with } \textstyle\sum_{i\in O} c_i \le B.i∈W∑​pi​≤Bandv(O)≤4.75v(W)  for every O⊆N with ∑i∈O​ci​≤B.

Milestones

The benchmark OPT≤v(W1∪W‾2)+v(R∣W1∪W‾2)\mathrm{OPT} \le v(W_1\cup\overline W_2) + v(R\mid W_1\cup\overline W_2)OPT≤v(W1​∪W2​)+v(R∣W1​∪W2​) (p. 7); Lemma 2, the bound (3/2−1/2t^−2) OPT~t^(3/2 - 1/2^{\hat t-2})\,\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}_{\hat t}(3/2−1/2t^−2)OPTt^​ on the value lost through rejections (p. 7); Lemma 3, the value kept when the last bidder of an over-budget set is dropped (p. 9); the lower bound on v(T)v(T)v(T) and the incompatibility of the three constraints at ρ≥4.75\rho \ge 4.75ρ≥4.75 (Appendix A.1, pp. 20–21); Lemma 9 (t^≤2\hat t \le 2t^≤2, factor 4); Lemma 10 (W‾2\overline W_2W2​ over budget, factor 3.75); Lemma 11 (budget feasibility). A companion item states Lemma 4: some instance has OPT>(4.5−ε) v(W)\mathrm{OPT} > (4.5-\varepsilon)\,v(W)OPT>(4.5−ε)v(W).

Significance

The theorem shows that determinism, polynomial time, a constant approximation factor and the clock-auction format can be had together for monotone submodular valuations, which answers the open question of Amanatidis et al.; the factor 4.754.754.75 also improves on the best randomized factor 555. Clock prices are computed from public information only, so any budget-feasible selection rule can be plugged into the final step without affecting incentives, and the backward-greedy pruning technique is reused in the paper for non-monotone submodular and subadditive valuations.

The paper's proof is a case analysis whose details are partly deferred and partly informal: the printed proof of Lemma 2 needs a repair of one step, Lemma 2 is false for t^=2\hat t = 2t^=2 (the formal version requires t^≥3\hat t \ge 3t^≥3, which is all the main proof uses), and one sub-case of Lemma 9 is referred to an appendix argument written for t^≥3\hat t \ge 3t^≥3. A machine-checked proof settles that the factor 4.754.754.75 holds for every run, including all short runs, ties and degenerate valuations. As far as is known, no part of this theory (budget-feasible mechanisms, clock auctions) is formalized in Lean or any other proof assistant.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would compare the greedy set of the last phase directly with OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT. It fails because the greedy order and the prices interact across phases: a bidder rejected in an early phase was rejected against an earlier, smaller set and target, and the prices that make W1W_1W1​ affordable were set in the previous phase. The proof must therefore track, for each rejected bidder, the phase and the set against which she rejected, and combine the bounds over all phases with a geometric sum. The final constant comes out of an optimization over the unused budget fraction uuu, the relative value α\alphaα of W1W_1W1​ and the relative loss β\betaβ, which is tight at t^=3\hat t = 3t^=3.

Formalization scope

Bidders are Fin n; sets are Finset (Fin n); the ordered sets of the mechanism are duplicate-free List (Fin n). Valuations are real valued with non-negativity, monotonicity and submodularity as hypotheses (the platform definition NonmonotoneSubmod.Shared.Submodular); no normalization v(∅)=0v(\emptyset) = 0v(∅)=0 is assumed. Costs are non-negative, and the budget is assumed positive (B>0B > 0B>0), an addition to §2.

The mechanism is constructed, not axiomatized: one definition item implements Mechanism 1 and Algorithm 2 line by line, with an explicit state (active bidders, St−1S_{t-1}St−1​, StS_tSt​, target, phase, prices). A bidder accepts a price xxx iff ci≤xc_i \le xci​≤x. Every argmax is broken toward the least index. The outer loop is cut after n+2n+2n+2 phases beyond the first; for max⁡iv({i})>0\max_i v(\{i\}) > 0maxi​v({i})>0 the mechanism stops earlier on its own, and for max⁡iv({i})=0\max_i v(\{i\}) = 0maxi​v({i})=0 (constant vvv), where the paper's loop never ends, the cut is harmless. The output WWW is W1W_1W1​ when v(W3)≤v(W1)v(W_3) \le v(W_1)v(W3​)≤v(W1​). Approximation is stated as v(O)≤4.75 v(W)v(O) \le 4.75\,v(W)v(O)≤4.75v(W) for every budget-feasible OOO, with no supremum and no division.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal assumes nothing about t^\hat tt^, W1W_1W1​, W‾2\overline W_2W2​, RRR or the targets; those appear only in the milestones, and the lemmas are about the components of the defined run, not about arbitrary sets with a few properties.

Out of scope: the running time O(n2log⁡n)O(n^2\log n)O(n2logn) (Lemma 12; there is no cost model), and the incentive properties, which clock auctions have by construction (every price update is a minimum with the previous price, and a bidder who rejects is removed). Useful infrastructure beyond this mission: the greedy-prefix telescoping of prices against marginal contributions, and the bound v(S)≤v(∅)+∑i∈Sv({i}∣∅)v(S)\le v(\emptyset)+\sum_{i\in S} v(\{i\}\mid\emptyset)v(S)≤v(∅)+∑i∈S​v({i}∣∅) for submodular vvv. Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • E. Balkanski, P. Garimidi, V. Gkatzelis, D. Schoepflin, X. Tan, Deterministic Budget-Feasible Clock Auctions, arXiv:2107.09239v2, 2021; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2107.09239
  • Y. Singer, Budget Feasible Mechanisms, FOCS 2010 (reference [30] of the paper).
  • N. Chen, N. Gravin, P. Lu, On the Approximability of Budget Feasible Mechanisms, SODA 2011 (reference [10]).
  • P. Jalaly, É. Tardos, Simple and Efficient Budget Feasible Mechanisms for Monotone Submodular Valuations, ACM Transactions on Economics and Computation 9(1), 2021 (reference [20]).
  • G. Amanatidis, P. Kleer, G. Schäfer, Budget-Feasible Mechanism Design for Non-Monotone Submodular Objectives, EC 2019 (reference [1]).
12 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers 5: In a Large Supply-Rich Market, a Driver-to-Vehicle Ratio of 1/α Asymptotically SufficesResearch Paper

Motivation

Tele-driving separates a ride-hailing driver from the vehicle: a remote driver operates a car over a wireless link, and on finishing a trip can immediately take control of another car anywhere in the service region. Several companies have run pilots of this model; Benjaafar, Wang and Yang cite Vay's car-sharing service operated by tele-drivers and Halo's remotely operated robo-taxi pilot with T-Mobile. A platform with remote drivers can therefore hold more vehicles than drivers. The practical question is how many drivers such a platform needs.

Benjaafar, Wang and Yang (SSRN 4130757; published in Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687) model the system as a loss system with a state-dependent service rate and compare a fleet with nnn remote drivers to one with a driver in every vehicle (n=mn = mn=m). This mission formalizes their answer for large markets that have many vehicles relative to demand (the supply-rich regime): asymptotically, a fraction 1/α1/\alpha1/α of the fleet size suffices, where α>2\alpha > 2α>2 measures how much the fleet exceeds the offered load. All page numbers refer to the SSRN working paper, version of 1 June 2023, which is the source of this mission.

Setting

Customers arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. The platform has mmm vehicles and n≤mn \le mn≤m remote drivers. When qqq customers are being served, trips are completed at total rate q μ(m,q)q\,\mu(m,q)qμ(m,q), where the service rate μ(m,q)\mu(m,q)μ(m,q) accounts for the pick-up time (which shrinks as more idle vehicles are available) and the trip time. A customer arriving while all nnn drivers are busy is lost. With

ρ(q)=λq μ(m,q)(1)\rho(q) = \frac{\lambda}{q\,\mu(m,q)} \qquad (1)ρ(q)=qμ(m,q)λ​(1)

the number of customers in service is a birth–death process on {0,…,n}\{0, \dots, n\}{0,…,n} with stationary distribution

πm,n(0)=[1+∑i=1n∏k=1iρ(k)]−1,πm,n(q)=πm,n(0)∏k=1qρ(k),1≤q≤n.(2)–(3)\pi_{m,n}(0) = \Big[1 + \sum_{i=1}^{n}\prod_{k=1}^{i}\rho(k)\Big]^{-1}, \qquad \pi_{m,n}(q) = \pi_{m,n}(0)\prod_{k=1}^{q}\rho(k), \quad 1 \le q \le n. \qquad (2)\text{–}(3)πm,n​(0)=[1+i=1∑n​k=1∏i​ρ(k)]−1,πm,n​(q)=πm,n​(0)k=1∏q​ρ(k),1≤q≤n.(2)–(3)

The service level, the long-run fraction of demand served, is SL(m,n)=1−πm,n(n)SL(m,n) = 1 - \pi_{m,n}(n)SL(m,n)=1−πm,n​(n).

For the asymptotic analysis the paper uses the service rate of Besbes et al.,

μ(m,q)=[sm−q+1+s]−1,(4)\mu(m,q) = \Big[\frac{s}{\sqrt{m-q+1}} + s\Big]^{-1}, \qquad (4)μ(m,q)=[m−q+1​s​+s]−1,(4)

where s>0s > 0s>0 is the mean trip time and s/m−q+1s/\sqrt{m-q+1}s/m−q+1​ the mean pick-up time with m−qm - qm−q idle vehicles. The fleet grows with demand as mλ=⌊αλs⌋m_\lambda = \lfloor \alpha\lambda s\rfloormλ​=⌊αλs⌋ for a constant α>0\alpha > 0α>0; the offered load is λs\lambda sλs, so α\alphaα is the ratio of fleet size to offered load. The supply-rich regime is α>2\alpha > 2α>2.

For the rate (4) and m>2λsm > 2\lambda sm>2λs, the equation ρ(q)=1\rho(q) = 1ρ(q)=1 has a unique root q3q_3q3​ in [λs,m][\lambda s, m][λs,m]; to its left ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1 (the chain drifts upward), to its right ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1. For a tolerance ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0 the paper defines

nλ∗=min⁡{ n:SL(mλ,mλ)−SL(mλ,n)<ϵ },n^*_\lambda = \min\{\, n : SL(m_\lambda, m_\lambda) - SL(m_\lambda, n) < \epsilon \,\},nλ∗​=min{n:SL(mλ​,mλ​)−SL(mλ​,n)<ϵ},

the smallest number of remote drivers whose service level is within ϵ\epsilonϵ of that of a fleet with one driver per vehicle.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.C (p. 22)

For α>2\alpha > 2α>2 and every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0,

lim sup⁡λ→∞nλ∗mλ≤1α.\limsup_{\lambda\to\infty} \frac{n^*_\lambda}{m_\lambda} \le \frac{1}{\alpha}.λ→∞limsup​mλ​nλ∗​​≤α1​.

The bound does not depend on ϵ\epsilonϵ, and since α>2\alpha > 2α>2 it says that a large supply-rich system can be run with at most about half as many drivers as vehicles.

Milestones

  1. App. D, case (iii) (p. 42): for the rate (4) and m>2λsm > 2\lambda sm>2λs, ρ(q)=1\rho(q) = 1ρ(q)=1 has a unique root q∗∈[λs,m]q^* \in [\lambda s, m]q∗∈[λs,m], and on (0,m](0, m](0,m], ρ(q)<1\rho(q) < 1ρ(q)<1 exactly when q>q∗q > q^*q>q∗.
  2. App. D.3 (p. 48): lim⁡λ→∞λs/q3=1\lim_{\lambda\to\infty} \lambda s / q_3 = 1limλ→∞​λs/q3​=1.
  3. Lemma 5 (pp. 47–48): with nϵ=⌊(1+ϵ)q3⌋n_\epsilon = \lfloor (1+\epsilon) q_3\rfloornϵ​=⌊(1+ϵ)q3​⌋ drivers,
lim⁡λ→∞[∑i=⌊(1+ϵ/2)q3⌋nϵπmλ,nϵ(i)+∑i=0⌊(1−ϵ/2)q3⌋πmλ,nϵ(i)]=0.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\Big[\sum_{i=\lfloor (1+\epsilon/2)q_3\rfloor}^{n_\epsilon}\pi_{m_\lambda,n_\epsilon}(i) + \sum_{i=0}^{\lfloor(1-\epsilon/2)q_3\rfloor}\pi_{m_\lambda,n_\epsilon}(i)\Big] = 0.λ→∞lim​[i=⌊(1+ϵ/2)q3​⌋∑nϵ​​πmλ​,nϵ​​(i)+i=0∑⌊(1−ϵ/2)q3​⌋​πmλ​,nϵ​​(i)]=0.
  1. Footnote 14 (pp. 22–23): lim⁡λ→∞[SL(mλ,mλ)−SL(mλ,⌊(1+δ)q3⌋)]=0\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\big[SL(m_\lambda,m_\lambda) - SL(m_\lambda, \lfloor(1+\delta)q_3\rfloor)\big] = 0limλ→∞​[SL(mλ​,mλ​)−SL(mλ​,⌊(1+δ)q3​⌋)]=0.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.C quantifies the labour saving of tele-driving in markets where vehicles are plentiful. A conventional platform needs one driver per vehicle; a remote-driver platform with mλ≈αλsm_\lambda \approx \alpha\lambda smλ​≈αλs vehicles needs only about λs\lambda sλs drivers, essentially the offered load, while losing at most ϵ\epsilonϵ of service level. Together with Theorems 2.A and 2.B of the same paper (the supply-limited and intermediate regimes), it gives a complete asymptotic picture of when pooling drivers across vehicles pays off: in the supply-rich regime, the gain appears as fewer drivers rather than as a higher service level. Footnote 14 strengthens this: the service level with (1+δ)q3(1+\delta)q_3(1+δ)q3​ drivers matches the full-staffing service level in the limit.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper in Appendix D.3; it has no machine-checked proof. The formalization adds a precise reading of the limit statements (the range of the minimum defining nλ∗n^*_\lambdanλ∗​, the meaning of "small ϵ\epsilonϵ") and a verified account of the concentration of a birth–death distribution with a state-dependent rate, in the form of Lemma 5. The same model underlies four sibling missions on this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious first idea, comparing SL(m,n)SL(m,n)SL(m,n) with the Erlang loss formula for a constant service rate, does not apply: under (4) the service rate depends on the state through the pick-up time, so the stationary weights ∏k≤qρ(k)\prod_{k\le q}\rho(k)∏k≤q​ρ(k) are not Poisson probabilities and their tails have no closed form. The quantities that govern the answer are defined only implicitly: the critical point q3q_3q3​ solves ρ(q)=1\rho(q) = 1ρ(q)=1, and its explicit expression (17) involves the arccosine of a cubic's coefficients, which is unusable for estimates. The statements also take a limit λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞ in which the number of states, the root q3q_3q3​ and the floors ⌊(1±ϵ/2)q3⌋\lfloor(1\pm\epsilon/2)q_3\rfloor⌊(1±ϵ/2)q3​⌋ all move together, so any bound on the stationary distribution must hold uniformly along this family rather than for a fixed chain. Finally, nλ∗n^*_\lambdanλ∗​ is a minimum over integers of a difference of service levels, and the goal concerns its growth rate relative to mλm_\lambdamλ​, not a single system.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace TeleDriving.AsymRich.

  • Model. rho mu lam m q is (1) with qqq real; piMN mu lam m n q and SL mu lam m n are (2)–(3) and the service level, with q,nq, nq,n natural; muBesbes s is the rate (4); mLam alpha s lam is ⌊αλs⌋\lfloor\alpha\lambda s\rfloor⌊αλs⌋ as a natural-number floor. The shared Model file also contains the paper's Assumptions 1–2, its size restriction, the regime predicates and the maximal service-level ratio, which this mission does not use.
  • Domains. πm,n(q)\pi_{m,n}(q)πm,n​(q) is the paper's only for q≤nq \le nq≤n, SL(m,n)SL(m,n)SL(m,n) only for 1≤n≤m1 \le n \le m1≤n≤m, the rate (4) only for q≤m+1q \le m+1q≤m+1; Lean's junk values outside these ranges are never invoked by the statements.
  • nλ∗n^*_\lambdanλ∗​ (nStar) is the minimum over n∈{1,…,mλ}n \in \{1,\dots,m_\lambda\}n∈{1,…,mλ​}, a set that contains n=mλn = m_\lambdan=mλ​ when mλ≥1m_\lambda \ge 1mλ​≥1 and ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0; the paper leaves this range implicit.
  • Limits are written in ε\varepsilonε-form: lim sup⁡f≤c\limsup f \le climsupf≤c as "for every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, eventually f(λ)≤c+δf(\lambda) \le c + \deltaf(λ)≤c+δ"; plain limits use Filter.Tendsto along atTop on R\mathbb RR.
  • The root q3q_3q3​ is a function of λ\lambdaλ with the hypothesis that, for all sufficiently large λ\lambdaλ, λs≤q3(λ)≤mλ\lambda s \le q_3(\lambda) \le m_\lambdaλs≤q3​(λ)≤mλ​ and ρ(q3(λ))=1\rho(q_3(\lambda)) = 1ρ(q3​(λ))=1. By milestone 1 this determines q3(λ)q_3(\lambda)q3​(λ) uniquely once mλ>2λsm_\lambda > 2\lambda smλ​>2λs, which holds eventually for α>2\alpha > 2α>2. The closed form (17) is not used.
  • "Small ϵ\epsilonϵ" and "any δ>0\delta > 0δ>0" in Lemma 5 and footnote 14 are read as 0<ϵ,δ<α−10 < \epsilon, \delta < \alpha - 10<ϵ,δ<α−1: exactly in this range ⌊(1+ϵ)q3⌋≤mλ\lfloor(1+\epsilon)q_3\rfloor \le m_\lambda⌊(1+ϵ)q3​⌋≤mλ​ for large λ\lambdaλ, so the number of drivers does not exceed the number of vehicles. The goal's tolerance ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0 is unrestricted, as printed.
  • The paper uses ϵ\epsilonϵ for both the service-level tolerance of Theorem 2.C and the window of Lemma 5; the Lean statements use distinct names.

The goal carries no hypothesis on π\piπ, SLSLSL, nλ∗n^*_\lambdanλ∗​ or q3q_3q3​: its only assumptions are s>0s > 0s>0, α>2\alpha > 2α>2 and ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0, so it cannot be discharged by an assumption that makes the minimum small by fiat. A complete development needs elementary real analysis of the rate (4) (concavity of q/(λs)−1/m−q+1q/(\lambda s) - 1/\sqrt{m-q+1}q/(λs)−1/m−q+1​), estimates for products of ρ\rhoρ along integer ranges, and asymptotics with floors; the concentration estimate for birth–death chains with state-dependent rates is reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for the goal.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, Z. Wang, X. Yang, Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers, SSRN working paper 4130757, version of 1 June 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4130757 ; published in Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687
  • O. Besbes, F. Castro, I. Lobel, Spatial Capacity Planning, Operations Research 70(2), 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2112
7 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers 3: In a Large Supply-Limited Market, Choosing the Number of Remote Drivers Raises Service Level by a Factor of at Least 2 − αResearch Paper

Motivation

Autonomous vehicles that cannot yet drive every trip on their own can be supervised or driven by remote (tele-)drivers who sit in a control center and take over a vehicle only while it serves a customer. Because a remote driver is not tied to one vehicle, a platform may operate more vehicles than drivers. Benjaafar, Wang and Yang ask when this decoupling pays off: given a fleet of mmm vehicles, how many remote drivers n≤mn \le mn≤m should a ride-hailing operator staff, and how much better is the best choice than the conventional one driver per vehicle (n=mn = mn=m)?

The question is sharpened by a feature of ride-hailing that classical loss systems lack. A trip consists of a pick-up leg and a delivery leg, and the pick-up leg is long when few vehicles are idle. Following Besbes, Castro and Lobel (2022), the paper models this through a state-dependent service rate: with qqq customers in service, each trip ends at rate μ(m,q)\mu(m,q)μ(m,q), which falls as qqq approaches mmm. Withholding drivers keeps idle vehicles available, shortens pick-ups and can raise throughput. This mission formalizes the asymptotic size of that gain in the supply-limited regime, where vehicles are scarce relative to demand.

The source is the authors' SSRN working paper (abstract 4130757, version of 1 June 2023); all numbering in this mission is that version's. The paper was published in Management Science in 2024.

Setting

Customers arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. A customer who arrives when all nnn remote drivers are busy is lost. The number qqq of customers in service is a birth–death process with birth rate λ\lambdaλ and death rate q μ(m,q)q\,\mu(m,q)qμ(m,q). Its load is

ρ(q)=λq μ(m,q)(1),\rho(q) = \frac{\lambda}{q\,\mu(m,q)} \qquad (1),ρ(q)=qμ(m,q)λ​(1),

and its stationary distribution is

πm,n(q)=∏k=1qρ(k)1+∑i=1n∏k=1iρ(k),0≤q≤n(2)–(3).\pi_{m,n}(q) = \frac{\prod_{k=1}^{q}\rho(k)}{1 + \sum_{i=1}^{n}\prod_{k=1}^{i}\rho(k)}, \qquad 0 \le q \le n \qquad (2)\text{–}(3).πm,n​(q)=1+∑i=1n​∏k=1i​ρ(k)∏k=1q​ρ(k)​,0≤q≤n(2)–(3).

The service level is the long-run fraction of demand served, SL(m,n)=1−πm,n(n)SL(m,n) = 1 - \pi_{m,n}(n)SL(m,n)=1−πm,n​(n).

The mission uses the service rate

μ(m,q)=[sm−q+1+s]−1(4),\mu(m,q) = \Big[\frac{s}{\sqrt{m-q+1}} + s\Big]^{-1} \qquad (4),μ(m,q)=[m−q+1​s​+s]−1(4),

where s>0s > 0s>0 is the expected trip time and s/m−q+1s/\sqrt{m-q+1}s/m−q+1​ is the expected pick-up time when m−qm - qm−q vehicles are idle. Demand and fleet scale together: for a fixed α>0\alpha > 0α>0 the fleet has

mλ=⌊αλs⌋m_\lambda = \lfloor \alpha\lambda s \rfloormλ​=⌊αλs⌋

vehicles. The load at full occupancy is ρ(mλ)=2λs/mλ→2/α\rho(m_\lambda) = 2\lambda s/m_\lambda \to 2/\alphaρ(mλ​)=2λs/mλ​→2/α. The case α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) is the supply-limited regime: there ρ(k)>1/α>1\rho(k) > 1/\alpha > 1ρ(k)>1/α>1 at every occupancy 1≤k≤mλ1 \le k \le m_\lambda1≤k≤mλ​.

In Lean the namespace is TeleDriving.AsymLimited; the functions are rho, piMN, SL, muBesbes (the rate (4)), mLam (mλm_\lambdamλ​) and maxSLRatio (the maximum below).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.A (p. 22)

For α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1),

lim inf⁡λ→∞ [max⁡n∈{1,…,mλ}SL(mλ,n)SL(mλ,mλ)] ≥ 2−α.\liminf_{\lambda\to\infty}\ \Big[\max_{n\in\{1,\dots,m_\lambda\}}\frac{SL(m_\lambda,n)}{SL(m_\lambda,m_\lambda)}\Big] \ \ge\ 2-\alpha.λ→∞liminf​ [n∈{1,…,mλ​}max​SL(mλ​,mλ​)SL(mλ​,n)​] ≥ 2−α.

The theorem asserts a lower bound on the limiting gain only; it does not assert that 2−α2-\alpha2−α is attained or that the limit exists.

Milestones (Appendix D.1, pp. 44–46)

With a=1/αa = 1/\alphaa=1/α:

  1. ρ(k)>1/α\rho(k) > 1/\alphaρ(k)>1/α for 1≤k≤mλ1 \le k \le m_\lambda1≤k≤mλ​ (p. 44).
  2. The comparison probability π~=1/[1+∑i=0mλ−11/(ρ(mλ)ai)]\tilde\pi = 1/\big[1+\sum_{i=0}^{m_\lambda-1} 1/(\rho(m_\lambda)a^i)\big]π~=1/[1+∑i=0mλ​−1​1/(ρ(mλ​)ai)] of (19) satisfies π~<πmλ,mλ(mλ)\tilde\pi < \pi_{m_\lambda,m_\lambda}(m_\lambda)π~<πmλ​,mλ​​(mλ​) and π~→(2a−2)/(2a−1)\tilde\pi \to (2a-2)/(2a-1)π~→(2a−2)/(2a−1) (p. 44).
  3. For m>4m > 4m>4, H(n)=1/ρ(n)H(n) = 1/\rho(n)H(n)=1/ρ(n) strictly increases and then strictly decreases on [0,m][0,m][0,m], so it has a unique maximizer n∗n^*n∗ (p. 45).
  4. For 0<ϵ<10 < \epsilon < 10<ϵ<1, ∑i=0⌊(1−ϵ)n∗⌋πmλ,⌊n∗⌋(i)→0\sum_{i=0}^{\lfloor(1-\epsilon)n^*\rfloor}\pi_{m_\lambda,\lfloor n^*\rfloor}(i) \to 0∑i=0⌊(1−ϵ)n∗⌋​πmλ​,⌊n∗⌋​(i)→0 (display (21), pp. 45–46).
  5. The comparison probability π^\hat\piπ^ of (22) satisfies π^→1−(1−ϵ)/a\hat\pi \to 1-(1-\epsilon)/aπ^→1−(1−ϵ)/a and π^>πmλ,⌊n∗⌋(⌊n∗⌋)\hat\pi > \pi_{m_\lambda,\lfloor n^*\rfloor}(\lfloor n^*\rfloor)π^>πmλ​,⌊n∗⌋​(⌊n∗⌋) (p. 46).

Significance

Theorem 2.A quantifies the value of decoupling drivers from vehicles when vehicles are scarce. A platform that staffs only enough remote drivers to keep some vehicles idle serves, asymptotically, at least 2−α2-\alpha2−α times the fraction of demand it would serve with one driver per vehicle. The bound decreases in α\alphaα and reaches 111 at α=1\alpha = 1α=1, where the companion Theorem 2.B (intermediate regime, α∈(1,2)\alpha \in (1,2)α∈(1,2)) shows the gain vanishes. Theorems 2.A–2.C together describe how the benefit of remote driving changes from supply-limited to supply-rich markets.

The result is proved in the paper, by explicit comparison distributions. As far as is known it has not been machine-checked; no ride-hailing or state-dependent loss-system result of this kind is formalized in Mathlib or on the platform. A formal proof would establish the asymptotics of a birth–death loss system whose rates depend on the system size in a non-classical way, using only elementary real analysis: geometric series, floors and limits of explicit expressions. The intermediate statements, such as the vanishing of the low-occupancy mass, are reusable for the sibling missions on Theorems 2.B and 2.C.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares the two blocking probabilities with an Erlang loss system, but the load ρ(q)\rho(q)ρ(q) is not constant: it depends on qqq, on mλm_\lambdamλ​ and on λ\lambdaλ simultaneously, and all three grow together. Neither the stationary distribution with mλm_\lambdamλ​ drivers nor the one with the optimal number of drivers converges to a fixed geometric law. The goal concerns a ratio of two quantities that both tend to explicit nonzero limits only after the distribution has been localized near a moving maximizer n∗n^*n∗ of 1/ρ1/\rho1/ρ. That maximizer has a closed form only through cube roots, and the localization has to hold uniformly as λ→∞\lambda \to \inftyλ→∞. The two bounds also use different comparison distributions, and the floors ⌊n∗⌋\lfloor n^*\rfloor⌊n∗⌋, ⌊(1−ϵ)n∗⌋\lfloor(1-\epsilon)n^*\rfloor⌊(1−ϵ)n∗⌋ and ⌊αλs⌋\lfloor\alpha\lambda s\rfloor⌊αλs⌋ must be controlled at the same time.

Formalization scope

  • Model. μ\muμ is a function ℕ → ℝ → ℝ; the rate (4) is muBesbes s. ρ\rhoρ takes a real occupancy, while πm,n(q)\pi_{m,n}(q)πm,n​(q) and SL(m,n)SL(m,n)SL(m,n) take natural arguments. πm,n\pi_{m,n}πm,n​ is written as one quotient of products; it equals (2)–(3). The objects carry the page's meaning only on the page's domains (1≤q≤m1 \le q \le m1≤q≤m for ρ\rhoρ, 0≤q≤n≤m0 \le q \le n \le m0≤q≤n≤m for π\piπ), because Lean's division by 000 returns 000 and Real.sqrt of a negative number returns 000. Every statement stays inside these domains.
  • Standing hypotheses. s>0s > 0s>0 and α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1). Assumptions 1–2 and the size restriction of p. 13 are part of the shared model file but are not hypotheses here: the rate (4) satisfies them, and the size restriction holds for all large λ\lambdaλ.
  • Maximum. max⁡n∈{1,…,m}\max_{n\in\{1,\dots,m\}}maxn∈{1,…,m}​ is a supremum over Fin m with index n↦n+1n \mapsto n+1n↦n+1. It ranges over n∈{1,…,mλ}n \in \{1,\dots,m_\lambda\}n∈{1,…,mλ​} only, and mλ≥1m_\lambda \ge 1mλ​≥1 for large λ\lambdaλ.
  • Limits. lim inf⁡≥c\liminf \ge climinf≥c is stated in ε\varepsilonε-form (for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, eventually ≥c−ε\ge c-\varepsilon≥c−ε), and lim⁡\limlim as Filter.Tendsto along atTop on R\mathbb RR. The ε\varepsilonε of the liminf is not the ϵ\epsilonϵ of D.1's cut-off (1−ϵ)n∗(1-\epsilon)n^*(1−ϵ)n∗, which is named eps.
  • The maximizer n∗n^*n∗. It is a function of λ\lambdaλ, characterized by a hypothesis that holds for all large λ\lambdaλ: n∗(λ)∈[0,mλ]n^*(\lambda) \in [0,m_\lambda]n∗(λ)∈[0,mλ​] maximizes HHH there. It is not computed from the closed form (20), whose cube roots of negative numbers Lean's Real.rpow does not represent. The unimodality milestone is stated for every m>4m > 4m>4 and λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0; the page states it for m=mλm = m_\lambdam=mλ​.
  • Eventual inequalities. The strict inequalities π~<π\tilde\pi < \piπ~<π and π^>π\hat\pi > \piπ^>π are stated for large λ\lambdaλ, because they fail in degenerate small cases (mλ=1m_\lambda = 1mλ​=1; ⌊n∗⌋=⌊(1−ϵ)n∗⌋\lfloor n^*\rfloor = \lfloor(1-\epsilon)n^*\rfloor⌊n∗⌋=⌊(1−ϵ)n∗⌋).
  • Ruled out. No hypothesis states a limit of πmλ,mλ(mλ)\pi_{m_\lambda,m_\lambda}(m_\lambda)πmλ​,mλ​​(mλ​) or of any ratio, so the goal cannot be trivialized. The maximum is not taken over all nnn, so values of πm,n\pi_{m,n}πm,n​ outside the page's domain cannot enter.

No external library is needed beyond Mathlib. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of the goal that bypass them.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, Z. Wang, X. Yang, Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers, SSRN working paper 4130757, version of 1 June 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4130757 ; published in Management Science, 2024, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687
  • O. Besbes, F. Castro, I. Lobel, Spatial Capacity Planning, Operations Research 70(2), 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2112
8 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers 4: In a Large Intermediate Market, Remote Drivers Bring No Asymptotic Service-Level GainResearch Paper

Why remote drivers in ride-hailing

In a conventional ride-hailing system every vehicle needs its own driver. Tele-driving, in which a vehicle is driven by a remote operator over a network, separates the two: a pool of nnn remote drivers can serve a fleet of m≥nm \ge nm≥n vehicles, each driver taking control of an idle vehicle near the next customer. Fewer drivers mean lower labor cost, but also fewer simultaneous trips; more vehicles mean shorter pick-up legs. Benjaafar, Wang and Yang (SSRN 4130757; published in Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687) model this trade-off as a loss system with a state-dependent service rate and ask when it pays to have fewer drivers than vehicles. This mission takes its asymptotic answer for markets that are neither short of vehicles nor flush with them.

The model

Customers arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. With mmm vehicles and qqq customers in service, each customer is served at rate μ(m,q)\mu(m,q)μ(m,q): the more vehicles are busy, the farther the nearest idle vehicle, and the slower a trip completes. A customer who finds all nnn drivers busy is lost. The number of customers in service is then a birth–death process on {0,…,n}\{0,\dots,n\}{0,…,n} with birth rate λ\lambdaλ and death rate qμ(m,q)q\mu(m,q)qμ(m,q). With the load ρ(q)=λ/(qμ(m,q))\rho(q) = \lambda/(q\mu(m,q))ρ(q)=λ/(qμ(m,q)) (equation (1) of the paper), its stationary distribution is

πm,n(q)=∏k=1qρ(k)1+∑i=1n∏k=1iρ(k),0≤q≤n,\pi_{m,n}(q) = \frac{\prod_{k=1}^{q}\rho(k)}{1+\sum_{i=1}^{n}\prod_{k=1}^{i}\rho(k)}, \qquad 0 \le q \le n,πm,n​(q)=1+∑i=1n​∏k=1i​ρ(k)∏k=1q​ρ(k)​,0≤q≤n,

(equations (2)–(3)), and the service level, the long-run fraction of demand served, is SL(m,n)=1−πm,n(n)SL(m,n) = 1 - \pi_{m,n}(n)SL(m,n)=1−πm,n​(n).

The asymptotic results use the service rate of Besbes, Castro and Lobel, equation (4):

μ(m,q)=[sm−q+1+s]−1,\mu(m,q) = \left[\frac{s}{\sqrt{m-q+1}} + s\right]^{-1},μ(m,q)=[m−q+1​s​+s]−1,

where s>0s > 0s>0 is the expected trip time between two uniformly drawn points of the service region and s/m−q+1s/\sqrt{m-q+1}s/m−q+1​ the pick-up time with m−qm-qm−q idle vehicles. The fleet grows in proportion to demand, mλ=⌊αλs⌋m_\lambda = \lfloor \alpha\lambda s\rfloormλ​=⌊αλs⌋ for a fixed α>0\alpha > 0α>0. For this rate the equation ρ(q)=1\rho(q) = 1ρ(q)=1 has, in the intermediate regime λs+3(λs/2)2/3−1<m<2λs\lambda s + 3(\lambda s/2)^{2/3} - 1 < m < 2\lambda sλs+3(λs/2)2/3−1<m<2λs (equation (14)), exactly two roots q1<q2q_1 < q_2q1​<q2​ in [λs,m][\lambda s, m][λs,m], and ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 strictly between them. For mλ=⌊αλs⌋m_\lambda = \lfloor\alpha\lambda s\rfloormλ​=⌊αλs⌋ this regime is α∈(1,2)\alpha \in (1,2)α∈(1,2) for large λ\lambdaλ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.B (p. 22)

For α∈(1,2)\alpha \in (1,2)α∈(1,2),

lim⁡λ→∞[max⁡n∈{1,…,mλ}SL(mλ,n)SL(mλ,mλ)]=1.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\left[\max_{n\in\{1,\dots,m_\lambda\}} \frac{SL(m_\lambda,n)}{SL(m_\lambda,m_\lambda)}\right] = 1 .λ→∞lim​[n∈{1,…,mλ​}max​SL(mλ​,mλ​)SL(mλ​,n)​]=1.

Milestones (App. D and D.2, pp. 42, 46–47)

  1. App. D, case (ii). For the rate (4) and λs+3(λs/2)2/3−1<m<2λs\lambda s + 3(\lambda s/2)^{2/3} - 1 < m < 2\lambda sλs+3(λs/2)2/3−1<m<2λs (with λs≥2\lambda s \ge 2λs≥2), ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1 has two roots q1<q2q_1 < q_2q1​<q2​ in [λs,m][\lambda s, m][λs,m], and on (0,m](0,m](0,m], ρ(q)<1\rho(q) < 1ρ(q)<1 exactly for q1<q<q2q_1 < q < q_2q1​<q<q2​.
  2. Step (i). lim sup⁡λ[mλ−⌊q2⌋]<∞\limsup_\lambda [m_\lambda - \lfloor q_2\rfloor] < \inftylimsupλ​[mλ​−⌊q2​⌋]<∞ and lim sup⁡λ∏k=⌊q2⌋+1mλρ(k)<∞\limsup_\lambda \prod_{k=\lfloor q_2\rfloor+1}^{m_\lambda}\rho(k) < \inftylimsupλ​∏k=⌊q2​⌋+1mλ​​ρ(k)<∞.
  3. Step (ii). lim⁡λ∏k=⌊q1⌋+1⌊q2⌋ρ(k)=0\lim_\lambda \prod_{k=\lfloor q_1\rfloor+1}^{\lfloor q_2\rfloor}\rho(k) = 0limλ​∏k=⌊q1​⌋+1⌊q2​⌋​ρ(k)=0.
  4. The reduction. πmλ,mλ(⌊q1⌋)/πmλ,mλ(mλ)→∞\pi_{m_\lambda,m_\lambda}(\lfloor q_1\rfloor)/\pi_{m_\lambda,m_\lambda}(m_\lambda) \to \inftyπmλ​,mλ​​(⌊q1​⌋)/πmλ​,mλ​​(mλ​)→∞, with the paper's product identity for this ratio.

Significance

Theorem 2.B is the middle of the paper's three asymptotic results. In the supply-limited regime α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1), Theorem 2.A says that choosing the number of drivers optimally improves the service level by a factor of at least 2−α2-\alpha2−α; in the supply-rich regime α>2\alpha > 2α>2, Theorem 2.C bounds the fraction of drivers needed to keep the full service level. Theorem 2.B closes the gap: in a large intermediate market the system with one driver per vehicle is already asymptotically as good as the best system with fewer drivers, so the benefit of tele-driving there is cost, not service. The mechanism is that the stationary distribution with n=mn = mn=m is bimodal, and the mass of the congested mode at mmm becomes negligible compared with the mode at ⌊q1⌋\lfloor q_1\rfloor⌊q1​⌋.

The result is proved in the paper (App. D.2). It has no machine-checked proof; this mission formalizes the statement and the steps of the published proof, with the root characterization of App. D made explicit.

Difficulty

The ratio of service levels is at least one (take n=mλn = m_\lambdan=mλ​) and at most 1/SL(mλ,mλ)1/SL(m_\lambda, m_\lambda)1/SL(mλ​,mλ​), so everything rests on showing that the loss probability πmλ,mλ(mλ)\pi_{m_\lambda,m_\lambda}(m_\lambda)πmλ​,mλ​​(mλ​) of the full system vanishes. The obvious bound fails: the loads ρ(k)\rho(k)ρ(k) exceed one both below q1q_1q1​ and above q2q_2q2​, so the stationary distribution is not monotone, and the product of loads from the lower mode to mλm_\lambdamλ​ mixes factors above and below one. What is needed is quantitative control of both roots as λ→∞\lambda \to \inftyλ→∞: q2q_2q2​ stays within a bounded distance of mλm_\lambdamλ​, while q2−q1q_2 - q_1q2​−q1​ grows linearly in mλm_\lambdamλ​ with loads bounded away from one in between. The roots have no simple closed form; the paper's expressions (17)–(18) involve a cubic and an arccosine.

Formalization scope

All objects are defined in one definitions module, TeleDriving.AsymIntermediate.Model, shared verbatim (up to the namespace) with the other four missions of the series. The service rate is a function μ:N×R→R\mu : \mathbb N \times \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rμ:N×R→R; ρ\rhoρ is evaluated at real qqq; πm,n\pi_{m,n}πm,n​ and SLSLSL are the closed forms (2)–(3) rather than a stationary-distribution predicate. mλm_\lambdamλ​ is the natural-number floor ⌊αλs⌋\lfloor \alpha\lambda s\rfloor⌊αλs⌋, and λ→∞\lambda \to \inftyλ→∞ along the reals. The maximum over n∈{1,…,m}n \in \{1,\dots,m\}n∈{1,…,m} is a supremum over a finite index set; its value at m=0m = 0m=0 is 000 and irrelevant because mλ→∞m_\lambda \to \inftymλ​→∞. Limits superior below infinity are stated as "bounded for all large λ\lambdaλ"; divergence to infinity as Tendsto … atTop atTop.

Standing hypotheses: s>0s > 0s>0 and 1<α<21 < \alpha < 21<α<2. The roots q1(λ)<q2(λ)q_1(\lambda) < q_2(\lambda)q1​(λ)<q2​(λ) in Steps (i)–(ii) and the reduction are functions of λ\lambdaλ characterized only for all sufficiently large λ\lambdaλ by λs≤q1<q2≤mλ\lambda s \le q_1 < q_2 \le m_\lambdaλs≤q1​<q2​≤mλ​ and ρ(q1)=ρ(q2)=1\rho(q_1) = \rho(q_2) = 1ρ(q1​)=ρ(q2​)=1; by milestone 1 they then coincide with the paper's q1,q2q_1, q_2q1​,q2​. A characterization required for every λ\lambdaλ would be unsatisfiable for small λ\lambdaλ and make those items vacuous; it is ruled out. The goal theorem does not mention the roots and assumes nothing about π\piπ or SLSLSL. Milestone 1 adds the hypothesis λs≥2\lambda s \ge 2λs≥2, which the paper's derivation uses tacitly (it places the maximizer of its auxiliary function inside [λs,m][\lambda s, m][λs,m]) and without which the claim fails for small λs\lambda sλs.

The development needs elementary real analysis: concavity of q/(λs)−(m−q+1)−1/2q/(\lambda s) - (m-q+1)^{-1/2}q/(λs)−(m−q+1)−1/2, asymptotics of ⌊αλs⌋\lfloor\alpha\lambda s\rfloor⌊αλs⌋, and estimates on finite products. No probability theory beyond the closed forms is required. The root analysis of milestone 1 is reusable for the supply-limited and supply-rich missions of the series. Proofs of the milestones, alternative arguments for the goal, and a formal treatment of the closed forms (17)–(18) are welcome. The source is the 2023 SSRN working paper; theorem numbers are those of that version.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, Z. Wang, X. Yang, Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers, SSRN working paper 4130757, version of 1 June 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4130757 ; published in Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687
  • O. Besbes, F. Castro, I. Lobel, Spatial Capacity Planning, Operations Research 70(2):1271–1291, 2022.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design III: Against Exchangeable or Arbitrary Joint Valuations the Minimax Regret Is 1/e for Every nResearch Paper

Motivation

A seller with one item faces nnn buyers whose valuations she does not know, not even in distribution. Prior-independent mechanism design asks which selling mechanism performs well against every distribution in a given class, rather than against one known prior. Anunrojwong, Balseiro and Besbes (arXiv:2204.10478v5, Operations Research 2025) measure performance by regret: the expected gap between the highest valuation, which a seller who knew the valuations could extract, and the revenue actually collected. They solve the resulting minimax problem for several classes of joint distributions: i.i.d., exchangeable and affiliated, mixtures of i.i.d., exchangeable, and arbitrary.

This mission formalizes the last two cases. The answer is that the minimax regret against exchangeable or arbitrary joint valuations is 1/e1/e1/e for every number of buyers nnn, so competition among buyers does not help the seller unless Nature's power is restricted.

Timeline. Bergemann and Schlag (2008) solved the one-buyer regret problem: the optimal mechanism is a randomized posted price and the minimax regret is 1/e1/e1/e. Koçyiğit, Kuhn and Rujeerapaiboon (2020; doi:10.1287/ijoc.2022.0275) showed, for several bidders and several items, that with arbitrary joint distributions the minimax regret problem reduces to the one-bidder case, so the value does not improve with nnn. Anunrojwong, Balseiro and Besbes (2022–2024, Proposition 4) recover this within their framework, show that the worst case can be taken exchangeable, and identify the optimal mechanism as a second-price auction with a random reserve.

Setting

There are n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 buyers with valuations v=(v1,…,vn)v = (v_1,\dots,v_n)v=(v1​,…,vn​) in the type cube [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n. A mechanism m=(x,p)m = (x,p)m=(x,p) maps reported valuations to allocation probabilities xi(v)x_i(v)xi​(v) and payments pi(v)p_i(v)pi​(v). The class M\mathcal MM of DSIC mechanisms consists of those satisfying, on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n: individual rationality (IR) vixi(v)−pi(v)≥0v_i x_i(v) - p_i(v) \ge 0vi​xi​(v)−pi​(v)≥0; dominant-strategy incentive compatibility (IC), truthful reporting is optimal for each buyer whatever the others report; and the allocation constraint (AC) ∑ixi(v)≤1\sum_i x_i(v) \le 1∑i​xi​(v)≤1.

Write v(1)v^{(1)}v(1) and v(2)v^{(2)}v(2) for the highest and second-highest valuation. The regret of mmm against a joint law F\mathbf FF on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n is

Rn(m,F)=Ev∼F[v(1)−∑i=1npi(v)],R_n(m,\mathbf F) = \mathbb E_{v\sim\mathbf F}\Big[v^{(1)} - \sum_{i=1}^n p_i(v)\Big],Rn​(m,F)=Ev∼F​[v(1)−i=1∑n​pi​(v)],

and the minimax regret over a class F\mathcal FF is Rn∗(F)=inf⁡m∈Msup⁡F∈FRn(m,F)\mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F) = \inf_{m\in\mathcal M}\sup_{\mathbf F\in\mathcal F} R_n(m,\mathbf F)Rn∗​(F)=infm∈M​supF∈F​Rn​(m,F). Here Fall\mathcal F_{\mathrm{all}}Fall​ is the class of all distributions on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, and Fexc\mathcal F_{\mathrm{exc}}Fexc​ the exchangeable ones, invariant under every permutation of the buyers.

A second-price auction with random reserve SPA(Φ)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)SPA(Φ) draws a reserve p∼Φp\sim\Phip∼Φ, gives the item to a highest bidder if her bid is at least ppp, and charges her max⁡(v(2),p)\max(v^{(2)},p)max(v(2),p). Proposition 4 uses the reserve CDF Φ∗(p)=log⁡p+1\Phi^*(p) = \log p + 1Φ∗(p)=logp+1 on [1/e,1][1/e,1][1/e,1] (000 below 1/e1/e1/e), and the isorevenue law on [1/e,1][1/e,1][1/e,1], with CDF 1−1/(et)1 - 1/(e t)1−1/(et) on [1/e,1)[1/e,1)[1/e,1) and an atom of mass 1/e1/e1/e at 111. Nature's candidate F∗\mathbf F^*F∗ picks a buyer kkk uniformly at random, gives her an isorevenue value and gives everyone else value 000.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4

With m∗=SPA(Φ∗)m^* = \mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*)m∗=SPA(Φ∗) and F∗=1n∑kF∗,k\mathbf F^* = \frac1n\sum_k \mathbf F^{*,k}F∗=n1​∑k​F∗,k, for every m∈Mm\in\mathcal Mm∈M and F∈Fall\mathbf F\in\mathcal F_{\mathrm{all}}F∈Fall​,

Rn(m∗,F)≤Rn(m∗,F∗)≤Rn(m,F∗),R_n(m^*,\mathbf F) \le R_n(m^*,\mathbf F^*) \le R_n(m,\mathbf F^*),Rn​(m∗,F)≤Rn​(m∗,F∗)≤Rn​(m,F∗),

F∗\mathbf F^*F∗ is exchangeable, and

Rn∗(Fexc)=Rn∗(Fall)=Rn(m∗,F∗)=1e.\mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F_{\mathrm{exc}}) = \mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F_{\mathrm{all}}) = R_n(m^*,\mathbf F^*) = \frac1e .Rn∗​(Fexc​)=Rn∗​(Fall​)=Rn​(m∗,F∗)=e1​.

Milestones

  1. SPA(Φ)∈M\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)\in\mathcal MSPA(Φ)∈M for every reserve distribution Φ\PhiΦ (p. 16).
  2. The pointwise regret of SPA(Φ)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)SPA(Φ) for Φ\PhiΦ with a density: v(1)−v(1)Φ(v(1))+∫v(2)v(1)Φ(p) dpv^{(1)} - v^{(1)}\Phi(v^{(1)}) + \int_{v^{(2)}}^{v^{(1)}}\Phi(p)\,dpv(1)−v(1)Φ(v(1))+∫v(2)v(1)​Φ(p)dp (proof of Proposition 1, App-4).
  3. The pointwise regret of SPA(Φ∗)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*)SPA(Φ∗) is at most 1/e1/e1/e, with equality when v(1)≥1/e≥v(2)v^{(1)}\ge 1/e\ge v^{(2)}v(1)≥1/e≥v(2) (Cases 1–3, App-8).
  4. The expected revenue of any m∈Mm\in\mathcal Mm∈M under F∗\mathbf F^*F∗ is at most 1n∑k(r∗xk(ek)−∫0r∗xk(tek) dt)\frac1n\sum_k\big(r^*x_k(e_k) - \int_0^{r^*}x_k(t e_k)\,dt\big)n1​∑k​(r∗xk​(ek​)−∫0r∗​xk​(tek​)dt) with r∗=1/er^* = 1/er∗=1/e, with equality under the normalization pi=0p_i = 0pi​=0 when vi=0v_i = 0vi​=0 (App-8).
  5. F∗\mathbf F^*F∗ is exchangeable (p. 22).

Significance

The result. Proposition 4 gives the exact minimax regret and an explicit saddle point for the two largest distribution classes of the paper. The value 1/e1/e1/e is independent of nnn, in contrast with the i.i.d. class, where the minimax regret decreases in nnn (Theorem 1 of the same paper). Together with the other propositions it shows precisely how much structure Nature must be denied before additional buyers reduce the seller's regret. The worst case being exchangeable shows that symmetry alone does not help.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; it is not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. A formalization produces machine-checked versions of: dominant-strategy incentive compatibility of the second-price auction with random reserve; the pointwise regret identity for that auction; a revenue identity for arbitrary DSIC mechanisms under a mixture of one-buyer laws, which rests on Myerson's payment characterization; and a minimax value computed over all DSIC mechanisms and all distributions. Each of these is reusable by the sister missions on i.i.d., affiliated and fixed-reserve settings.

Difficulty

The minimax problem ranges over all DSIC mechanisms, an infinite-dimensional and unstructured class, and over all joint distributions. The upper bound needs only one mechanism, but the lower bound must hold against every DSIC mechanism, including randomized ones whose allocation is not of auction form; the step from incentive compatibility to an explicit revenue formula along the line {tek}\{t e_k\}{tek​} is where the work lies. Myerson's payment characterization is quoted by the paper without proof and must be established here for mechanisms that are incentive compatible only on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. A second obstacle is measure-theoretic: the regret is an integral of an arbitrary mechanism's payments against an arbitrary law, so its finiteness and the interchange of expectation with the reserve randomization must be justified. The tempting shortcut of restricting Nature to i.i.d. laws gives a different, smaller value.

Formalization scope

Lean represents valuations as Fin n → ℝ and laws as measures on that space; Fall\mathcal F_{\mathrm{all}}Fall​ is the set of probability measures giving the complement of [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n measure zero, and Fexc\mathcal F_{\mathrm{exc}}Fexc​ those also invariant under v↦v∘σv\mapsto v\circ\sigmav↦v∘σ for every permutation σ\sigmaσ. (IR), (IC), (AC) are imposed on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, with misreports in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Two hypotheses are added to the class M\mathcal MM and disclosed in every statement: allocation and payment functions are measurable, and payments are bounded on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, so that the regret is a genuine expectation. Ties for the highest bid are broken towards the lowest index (the paper breaks them arbitrarily; revenue does not depend on the rule). v(2)v^{(2)}v(2) is 000 when n=1n = 1n=1. The minimax regret is a real infimum of real suprema; for DSIC mechanisms the regrets lie in a bounded interval and both index sets are nonempty, so these are not junk values. The reserve law Φ∗\Phi^*Φ∗ and the isorevenue law are given through their CDFs, and F∗,k\mathbf F^{*,k}F∗,k as the push-forward of the isorevenue law under t↦t ekt\mapsto t\,e_kt↦tek​; F∗\mathbf F^*F∗ is not a product measure. The page prints Φ∗(p)=log⁡(v)+1\Phi^*(p) = \log(v)+1Φ∗(p)=log(v)+1; the formalization uses log⁡p+1\log p + 1logp+1.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: Fall\mathcal F_{\mathrm{all}}Fall​ carries the support condition (without it the regret is unbounded), the regret at F∗\mathbf F^*F∗ is that of the stated reserve law Φ∗\Phi^*Φ∗, and both classes are nonempty.

A complete development needs: Lebesgue–Stieltjes integration by parts for CDFs, Myerson's envelope characterization of DSIC payments, push-forwards and mixtures of measures on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and conditionally complete lattice reasoning for the minimax value. The DSIC property of SPA(Φ)\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi)SPA(Φ) and the payment characterization are reusable throughout auction theory. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas towards Myerson's characterization, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Anunrojwong, S. R. Balseiro, O. Besbes, On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design, arXiv:2204.10478v5, 2024; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2204.10478
  • Ç. Koçyiğit, D. Kuhn, N. Rujeerapaiboon, Regret Minimization and Separation in Multi-Bidder Multi-Item Auctions, technical report, 2020 (cited as Koçyiğit et al. [2020] in arXiv:2204.10478v5, p. 6); published in INFORMS Journal on Computing 36(6):1543–1561, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/ijoc.2022.0275
  • D. Bergemann, K. Schlag, Pricing without Priors, Journal of the European Economic Association 6(2–3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1162/JEEA.2008.6.2-3.560
  • R. B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.58
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design II: Against Exchangeable Affiliated Valuations the Minimax Regret Equals the I.I.D. ValueResearch Paper

Motivation

A seller offers one indivisible item to nnn buyers but does not know the joint distribution of their valuations. The seller knows only that every valuation lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Prior-independent mechanism design asks for a selling mechanism that performs well against every distribution in a class. One measure of performance is the regret: the expected gap between the full surplus max⁡(v)\max(v)max(v), which a seller who knew the valuations could extract, and the revenue actually collected. Anunrojwong, Balseiro and Besbes (arXiv:2204.10478v5, Operations Research 2025) solve the minimax-regret problem over dominant-strategy incentive compatible (DSIC) mechanisms. For i.i.d. valuations the optimum is a second-price auction with a random reserve price (their Theorem 1).

I.i.d. valuations are a strong assumption in auction practice. In common-value and interdependent settings, bidders' values are positively dependent. The standard model of positive dependence in auction theory is affiliation, introduced by Milgrom and Weber (Econometrica 1982). §4.1 of the paper asks whether letting Nature choose an exchangeable affiliated distribution, rather than an i.i.d. one, changes the answer. It does not: the same auction and the same worst-case distribution form a saddle point, and the minimax regret is unchanged.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 buyers with valuation profile v=(v1,…,vn)∈[0,1]nv=(v_1,\dots,v_n)\in[0,1]^nv=(v1​,…,vn​)∈[0,1]n. A mechanism m=(x,p)m=(x,p)m=(x,p) assigns to each profile allocation probabilities xi(v)∈[0,1]x_i(v)\in[0,1]xi​(v)∈[0,1] and payments pi(v)p_i(v)pi​(v). It is DSIC, m∈Mm\in\mathcal Mm∈M, if it satisfies ex post individual rationality (IR), dominant-strategy incentive compatibility (IC), and the allocation constraint ∑ixi(v)≤1\sum_i x_i(v)\le1∑i​xi​(v)≤1 (AC). The regret of mmm against a joint law FFF on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n is

Rn(m,F)=Ev∼F[max⁡(v)−∑i=1npi(v)],R_n(m,F)=\mathbb E_{v\sim F}\Big[\max(v)-\sum_{i=1}^n p_i(v)\Big],Rn​(m,F)=Ev∼F​[max(v)−i=1∑n​pi​(v)],

and the minimax regret of a class F\mathcal FF is Rn∗(F)=inf⁡m∈Msup⁡F∈FRn(m,F)\mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F)=\inf_{m\in\mathcal M}\sup_{F\in\mathcal F}R_n(m,F)Rn∗​(F)=infm∈M​supF∈F​Rn​(m,F).

Two classes of laws on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n appear:

  • Fiid\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}Fiid​: products G⊗nG^{\otimes n}G⊗n of a law GGG on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​: exchangeable and affiliated laws. Exchangeable means invariant under permutations of the coordinates. A set A⊆RnA\subseteq\mathbb R^nA⊆Rn is increasing if its indicator is nondecreasing. A set SSS is a sublattice if it is closed under componentwise min⁡\minmin (∧\wedge∧) and max⁡\maxmax (∨\vee∨). FFF is affiliated if Pr⁡F(A∩B∣S)≥Pr⁡F(A∣S)Pr⁡F(B∣S)\Pr_F(A\cap B\mid S)\ge\Pr_F(A\mid S)\Pr_F(B\mid S)PrF​(A∩B∣S)≥PrF​(A∣S)PrF​(B∣S) for all increasing A,BA,BA,B and every sublattice SSS.

The candidate saddle point comes from Theorem 1. Let rn∗∈(0,1/n)r^*_n\in(0,1/n)rn∗​∈(0,1/n) solve (1−r)n−1+log⁡r+∑k=1n−1(1−r)k/k=0(1-r)^{n-1}+\log r+\sum_{k=1}^{n-1}(1-r)^k/k=0(1−r)n−1+logr+∑k=1n−1​(1−r)k/k=0. The mechanism mn∗=SPA(Φn∗)m^*_n=\mathrm{SPA}(\Phi^*_n)mn∗​=SPA(Φn∗​) draws a reserve qqq from the CDF Φn∗\Phi^*_nΦn∗​ of Theorem 1, sells to the highest bidder if the highest bid is at least qqq, and charges max⁡(v(2),q)\max(v^{(2)},q)max(v(2),q), where v(2)v^{(2)}v(2) is the second-highest bid. The distribution Fn∗F^*_nFn∗​ makes the valuations i.i.d. with the isorevenue CDF: F∗(t)=1−rn∗/tF^*(t)=1-r^*_n/tF∗(t)=1−rn∗​/t on [rn∗,1)[r^*_n,1)[rn∗​,1), with an atom of mass rn∗r^*_nrn∗​ at 111. Order statistics enter through Fk(1)(p)=Pr⁡F(max⁡(v1,…,vk)≤p)F^{(1)}_k(p)=\Pr_F(\max(v_1,\dots,v_k)\le p)Fk(1)​(p)=PrF​(max(v1​,…,vk​)≤p) and Fn(2)(p)=Pr⁡F(v(2)≤p)F^{(2)}_n(p)=\Pr_F(v^{(2)}\le p)Fn(2)​(p)=PrF​(v(2)≤p).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 19)

For every F∈FaffF\in\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}F∈Faff​ and every m∈Mm\in\mathcal Mm∈M,

Rn(mn∗,F) ≤ Rn(mn∗,Fn∗) ≤ Rn(m,Fn∗),henceRn∗(Faff)=Rn∗(Fiid).R_n(m^*_n,F)\ \le\ R_n(m^*_n,F^*_n)\ \le\ R_n(m,F^*_n),\qquad\text{hence}\qquad \mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}})=\mathcal R^*_n(\mathcal F_{\mathrm{iid}}).Rn​(mn∗​,F) ≤ Rn​(mn∗​,Fn∗​) ≤ Rn​(m,Fn∗​),henceRn∗​(Faff​)=Rn∗​(Fiid​).

The second inequality is Step 2 of Theorem 1 and is restated here. The first is new to §4.1.

Milestones (proof of Proposition 2)

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 19): for exchangeable affiliated FFF and n≥2n\ge2n≥2, Fn(1)(p)1/n≥Fn−1(1)(p)1/(n−1)F^{(1)}_n(p)^{1/n}\ge F^{(1)}_{n-1}(p)^{1/(n-1)}Fn(1)​(p)1/n≥Fn−1(1)​(p)1/(n−1) for every ppp.
  2. Order-statistic identity (p. 20, David–Nagaraja 5.3.2): for exchangeable FFF, Fn(2)=nFn−1(1)−(n−1)Fn(1)F^{(2)}_n=nF^{(1)}_{n-1}-(n-1)F^{(1)}_nFn(2)​=nFn−1(1)​−(n−1)Fn(1)​.
  3. Nature's bound (p. 20):
Rn(Φn∗,F)≤rn∗+∫rn∗1((n−1)rn∗p−rn∗−1−(n−1)pp−rn∗Fn(1)(p)+nFn−1(1)(p))Φn∗(p) dp.R_n(\Phi^*_n,F)\le r^*_n+\int_{r^*_n}^1\Big(\tfrac{(n-1)r^*_n}{p-r^*_n}-1-\tfrac{(n-1)p}{p-r^*_n}F^{(1)}_n(p)+nF^{(1)}_{n-1}(p)\Big)\Phi^*_n(p)\,dp.Rn​(Φn∗​,F)≤rn∗​+∫rn∗​1​(p−rn∗​(n−1)rn∗​​−1−p−rn∗​(n−1)p​Fn(1)​(p)+nFn−1(1)​(p))Φn∗​(p)dp.
  1. Pointwise maximization (p. 21): for p∈(rn∗,1)p\in(r^*_n,1)p∈(rn∗​,1), the function z↦(n−1)rn∗p−rn∗−1−(n−1)pp−rn∗z+nz(n−1)/nz\mapsto\frac{(n-1)r^*_n}{p-r^*_n}-1-\frac{(n-1)p}{p-r^*_n}z+nz^{(n-1)/n}z↦p−rn∗​(n−1)rn∗​​−1−p−rn∗​(n−1)p​z+nz(n−1)/n on [0,1][0,1][0,1] is maximized at z=Fn∗(p)nz=F^*_n(p)^nz=Fn∗​(p)n.

Significance

The result. Proposition 2 shows that positive dependence of the affiliated kind gives Nature no advantage against the optimal second-price auction. The minimax regret over Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​ is the explicit i.i.d. value (1−rn∗)n−1−∫rn∗1(1−rn∗/v)n−1 dv(1-r^*_n)^{n-1}-\int_{r^*_n}^1(1-r^*_n/v)^{n-1}\,dv(1−rn∗​)n−1−∫rn∗​1​(1−rn∗​/v)n−1dv, and the same randomized-reserve auction remains optimal. This contrasts with arbitrary or merely exchangeable dependence, where §4.3 of the paper shows the minimax regret jumps to 1/e1/e1/e for every nnn. Affiliation is therefore the dividing line between the dependence structures that the i.i.d. analysis covers and those it does not. Lemma 1, a comparison between the maximum of nnn and of n−1n-1n−1 affiliated variables, is a self-contained inequality about order statistics under positive dependence.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper. No machine-checked version of any part of it exists. The mission produces: a formal definition of affiliation in the measure-theoretic form of Milgrom and Weber's appendix; the order-statistic identity for exchangeable laws; Lemma 1; and the saddle-point statement. The proof of Lemma 1 quotes Milgrom–Weber Theorem 23 (monotone functions of affiliated variables are affiliated), and the identity is quoted from David and Nagaraja. Neither is proved in the paper, so formalizing them is part of the work.

Difficulty

The obvious route to the first inequality is to show that regret is monotone in dependence. That route fails, because the benchmark E[max⁡(v)]\mathbb E[\max(v)]E[max(v)] moves with dependence as well. With the marginals fixed, stronger positive dependence raises the auction's revenue, since v(2)v^{(2)}v(2) moves toward v(1)v^{(1)}v(1), but it also lowers E[max⁡(v)]\mathbb E[\max(v)]E[max(v)]. Neither effect dominates uniformly, and the comparison must come out exactly at the isorevenue law. Nature's class is also not parametrized by marginals: an affiliated law need not have the marginals of Fn∗F^*_nFn∗​, so no coupling argument with a fixed i.i.d. law is available.

The second difficulty is in Lemma 1. It needs affiliation conditional on sublattices, not merely positive correlation of increasing events. The Harris-type inequality for S=RnS=\mathbb R^nS=Rn alone (association) is a strictly weaker property, and a formalization that keeps only it states a different class. Both the definition and the inequality must be handled for general laws without densities, since Definition 4 does not assume one.

Formalization scope

Valuation profiles are functions Fin n → ℝ, and laws are measures on that space giving full mass to [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n. (IR), (IC), (AC) and x∈[0,1]nx\in[0,1]^nx∈[0,1]n are imposed on the cube. Mechanisms are additionally required to have measurable allocation and payment rules and bounded payments on the cube, so that (2) is a genuine expectation. Rn∗\mathcal R^*_nRn∗​ is an inf⁡\infinf over DSIC mechanisms of a sup⁡\supsup over the class; both are bounded, so the real-valued inf⁡\infinf/sup⁡\supsup are not default values. Affiliation is stated for measurable AAA, BBB, SSS in the cross-multiplied form F(A∩S)F(B∩S)≤F(A∩B∩S)F(S)F(A\cap S)F(B\cap S)\le F(A\cap B\cap S)F(S)F(A∩S)F(B∩S)≤F(A∩B∩S)F(S). Ties in the auction go to the lowest index, which does not affect revenue. The reserve law and Fn∗F^*_nFn∗​ are given by CDF hypotheses ("CDF equals Φn∗\Phi^*_nΦn∗​", "CDF equals the isorevenue CDF"), and rn∗r^*_nrn∗​ by the hypothesis that it solves the r∗r^*r∗-equation in (0,1/n)(0,1/n)(0,1/n). These restate Theorem 1, which belongs to mission I of this series.

Trivializing encodings are ruled out explicitly. Affiliation quantifies over every measurable sublattice SSS, not only S=RnS=\mathbb R^nS=Rn. Faff\mathcal F_{\mathrm{aff}}Faff​ requires exchangeability; without it Nature can set all but one valuation to zero and the statement is false. The CDF hypotheses are satisfiable, and the sanity file constructs the isorevenue law.

Needed infrastructure: the regret representation of Proposition 1 for a joint law; Myerson-type payment identities for DSIC mechanisms (for the second inequality); Milgrom–Weber Theorem 23 or a direct proof of the pmf inequalities for the indicator vector 1(vk>p)\mathbf 1(v_k>p)1(vk​>p); the order-statistic identity. Affiliation and the order-statistic identity are reusable beyond auctions. Contributions to any milestone, or to these supporting results stated as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Anunrojwong, S. R. Balseiro, O. Besbes, On the Robustness of Second-Price Auctions in Prior-Independent Mechanism Design, arXiv:2204.10478v5, 2024; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2204.10478
  • P. R. Milgrom, R. J. Weber, A Theory of Auctions and Competitive Bidding, Econometrica 50(5), 1089–1122, 1982. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911865
  • H. A. David, H. N. Nagaraja, Order Statistics, 3rd ed., Wiley, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1002/0471722162
  • D. Bergemann, K. Schlag, Pricing without Priors, Journal of the European Economic Association 6(2–3), 560–569, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1162/JEEA.2008.6.2-3.560
7 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers 2: With Ample Vehicles, Service Level Strictly Increases in the Number of Drivers, with an Explicit Lower BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Remote driving, or tele-driving, lets a human operator in a control center drive a vehicle over a wireless link. A ride-hailing platform that adopts it decouples drivers from vehicles: a driver is attached to a vehicle only while that vehicle carries or fetches a customer, and is released the moment the trip ends. Since an idle vehicle needs no driver, the platform can run a fleet of mmm vehicles with n≤mn \le mn≤m drivers. The operational question is how much service is lost by having fewer drivers than vehicles.

Benjaafar, Wang and Yang study this question with a loss queue in which the service rate depends on the number of idle vehicles, capturing the fact that pickups take longer when fewer vehicles are free (SSRN 4130757; published in Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687). The state-dependent rate builds on the spatial capacity model of Besbes, Castro and Lobel (doi:10.1287/opre.2021.2112). Their main finite-system results describe how the service level changes with the number of drivers in three regimes of vehicle supply. This mission formalizes the third regime, where vehicles are ample. The source is the authors' 2023 SSRN working paper; all labels and page numbers below refer to it.

Setting

A fleet of mmm vehicles is operated by n≤mn \le mn≤m remote drivers. Customers request trips according to a Poisson process with rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. A request that arrives when all nnn drivers are busy is lost. When qqq customers are in service, each one completes at rate μ(m,q)\mu(m,q)μ(m,q), so the total completion rate is q μ(m,q)q\,\mu(m,q)qμ(m,q). The rate is defined for real q∈[1,m]q \in [1,m]q∈[1,m]. Let

ρ(q)=λq μ(m,q).\rho(q) = \frac{\lambda}{q\,\mu(m,q)}.ρ(q)=qμ(m,q)λ​.

The number of customers in service is a birth–death chain on {0,…,n}\{0,\dots,n\}{0,…,n}. Its stationary law is

πm,n(q)=∏k=1qρ(k)1+∑i=1n∏k=1iρ(k),0≤q≤n,\pi_{m,n}(q) = \frac{\prod_{k=1}^{q}\rho(k)}{1 + \sum_{i=1}^{n}\prod_{k=1}^{i}\rho(k)}, \qquad 0 \le q \le n,πm,n​(q)=1+∑i=1n​∏k=1i​ρ(k)∏k=1q​ρ(k)​,0≤q≤n,

and the service level is the long-run fraction of demand served, SL(m,n)=1−πm,n(n)SL(m,n) = 1 - \pi_{m,n}(n)SL(m,n)=1−πm,n​(n).

The paper's standing assumptions on the rate are:

  • Assumption 1. μ(m,q)\mu(m,q)μ(m,q) is strictly increasing in mmm, decreasing in qqq, and strictly concave in qqq; μ(m,q)→1/s\mu(m,q) \to 1/sμ(m,q)→1/s as m→∞m \to \inftym→∞, where s>0s > 0s>0 is the expected trip time; and μ(m,m)\mu(m,m)μ(m,m) does not depend on mmm.
  • Assumption 2. There is mˉ>0\bar m > 0mˉ>0 such that, for every m≥mˉm \ge \bar mm≥mˉ, the map q↦q μ(m,q)q \mapsto q\,\mu(m,q)q↦qμ(m,q) first increases and then decreases.
  • Size restriction (p. 13). m≥mˉm \ge \bar mm≥mˉ and λ>max⁡{1/s, max⁡q≤mˉq μ(mˉ,q)}\lambda > \max\{1/s,\ \max_{q \le \bar m} q\,\mu(\bar m,q)\}λ>max{1/s, maxq≤mˉ​qμ(mˉ,q)}.

The supply-rich regime m>γ2(λ)m > \gamma_2(\lambda)m>γ2​(λ) is the case ρ(m)<1\rho(m) < 1ρ(m)<1, that is, λ<m μ(m,m)\lambda < m\,\mu(m,m)λ<mμ(m,m): even with every vehicle busy, the system clears work faster than it arrives. In this regime there is a unique q3∈(1,m)q_3 \in (1,m)q3​∈(1,m) with ρ(q3)=1\rho(q_3) = 1ρ(q3​)=1, and ρ(q)<1\rho(q) < 1ρ(q)<1 exactly when q>q3q > q_3q>q3​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.C (pp. 20–21)

In the supply-rich regime, SL(m,n)SL(m,n)SL(m,n) is strictly increasing in n∈{1,…,m}n \in \{1,\dots,m\}n∈{1,…,m}. For every n∈{1,…,m}n \in \{1,\dots,m\}n∈{1,…,m} with n>q3n > q_3n>q3​,

SL(m,n)>1−1n−⌊q3⌋.SL(m,n) > 1 - \frac{1}{n - \lfloor q_3 \rfloor}.SL(m,n)>1−n−⌊q3​⌋1​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3, first sentence: ρ\rhoρ is strictly convex and 1/ρ1/\rho1/ρ is strictly concave on [1,m][1,m][1,m].
  2. Lemma 3(iii): in the supply-rich regime the root q3q_3q3​ exists, with ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 exactly to its right.
  3. Lemma 4: πm,n−1(n−1)>πm,n(n)\pi_{m,n-1}(n-1) > \pi_{m,n}(n)πm,n−1​(n−1)>πm,n​(n) holds if and only if πm,n−1(n−1)>(ρ(n)−1)/ρ(n)\pi_{m,n-1}(n-1) > (\rho(n)-1)/\rho(n)πm,n−1​(n−1)>(ρ(n)−1)/ρ(n), and if and only if πm,n(n)>(ρ(n)−1)/ρ(n)\pi_{m,n}(n) > (\rho(n)-1)/\rho(n)πm,n​(n)>(ρ(n)−1)/ρ(n).
  4. App. C.3: πm,n(n)\pi_{m,n}(n)πm,n​(n) is strictly decreasing in n∈{1,…,m}n \in \{1,\dots,m\}n∈{1,…,m}.
  5. App. C.3: πm,n(n)<1/(n−⌊q3⌋)\pi_{m,n}(n) < 1/(n - \lfloor q_3 \rfloor)πm,n​(n)<1/(n−⌊q3​⌋) for q3<n≤mq_3 < n \le mq3​<n≤m.

Significance

The first part of Theorem 1.C says that, when vehicles are ample, every driver removed costs some service. The second part says the cost is small once nnn exceeds q3q_3q3​ by a margin. The bound 1−1/(n−⌊q3⌋)1 - 1/(n - \lfloor q_3 \rfloor)1−1/(n−⌊q3​⌋) is increasing and concave in nnn, so a platform can run noticeably fewer drivers than vehicles at a controlled loss of service. The paper's numerical study (Figure 7) reports reductions of 35–60% in the number of drivers at a service loss below 0.01. The same objects carry over to the paper's asymptotic Theorem 2.C, where the driver-to-vehicle ratio needed in a large supply-rich market tends to 1/α1/\alpha1/α.

The result is proved on paper and has no machine-checked proof. The work this mission adds is formal:

  • statements of the model in which the regimes are explicit and the threshold q3q_3q3​ is pinned by its characterization;
  • a proof of the convexity and root structure of ρ\rhoρ that does not rely on second derivatives, which the paper uses but the assumptions do not supply;
  • the comparison lemma for consecutive blocking probabilities, which the companion missions on this paper also use.

Difficulty

πm,n(n)\pi_{m,n}(n)πm,n​(n) is a ratio whose numerator and denominator both change with nnn. For the drivers beyond q3q_3q3​, monotonicity is immediate, since each additional factor ρ(n)<1\rho(n) < 1ρ(n)<1 shrinks the numerator while the denominator grows. Below q3q_3q3​, ρ(n)≥1\rho(n) \ge 1ρ(n)≥1 and the numerator grows, so that argument fails, and the comparison has to use the shape of ρ\rhoρ on [1,q3][1, q_3][1,q3​]. The shape of ρ\rhoρ (Lemma 3) has to be derived from concavity and monotonicity of μ\muμ alone: the assumptions give no smoothness, although the paper's proof differentiates twice. The page argues the two ranges separately, so the step across q3q_3q3​ also has to be covered. The lower bound needs care at the integer part of q3q_3q3​: the sum in the denominator is taken from ⌊q3⌋\lfloor q_3 \rfloor⌊q3​⌋, which is at least 1 only because q3>1q_3 > 1q3​>1.

Formalization scope

  • The rate is a function μ:N→R→R\mu : \mathbb N \to \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rμ:N→R→R, with mmm natural and qqq real. Assumptions 1–2 are imposed only for q∈[1,m]q \in [1,m]q∈[1,m]. "Decreasing in qqq" is read as non-increasing. Positivity of μ\muμ and s>0s > 0s>0, implicit on the page, are stated. Assumption 2's "first increases then decreases" is a turning point strictly inside (1,m)(1,m)(1,m).
  • Every statement carries Assumptions 1–2 and the size restriction as explicit hypotheses. The regime m>γ2(λ)m > \gamma_2(\lambda)m>γ2​(λ) is stated through its characterization λ<m μ(m,m)\lambda < m\,\mu(m,m)λ<mμ(m,m); γ2\gamma_2γ2​ itself is not defined.
  • q3q_3q3​ is a real variable with its Lemma 3(iii) characterization: q3∈[1,m]q_3 \in [1,m]q3​∈[1,m], ρ(q3)=1\rho(q_3) = 1ρ(q3​)=1, and ρ(q)<1\rho(q) < 1ρ(q)<1 exactly for q>q3q > q_3q>q3​ in [1,m][1,m][1,m]. This determines q3q_3q3​ uniquely, and milestone 2 shows that such a q3q_3q3​ exists. No monotonicity of ρ\rhoρ, π\piπ or SLSLSL is assumed anywhere; such facts are milestones.
  • nnn ranges over {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m}. ⌊q3⌋\lfloor q_3 \rfloor⌊q3​⌋ is the natural-number floor, and n−⌊q3⌋n - \lfloor q_3 \rfloorn−⌊q3​⌋ is computed in R\mathbb RR.
  • "Increasing" and "lower bounded" are stated strictly, as the paper's proof derives them.
  • A statement that assumed πm,n(n)\pi_{m,n}(n)πm,n​(n) decreasing, or left q3q_3q3​ unconstrained, would make the goal trivial or vacuous. Neither is done here.

Needed infrastructure: finite products and sums over Finset.Icc, StrictConvexOn/StrictConcaveOn on intervals, and the intermediate value theorem for a function that is continuous on [1,m)[1,m)[1,m). The model file is shared, up to namespace, with four companion missions on the same paper. Proofs of the general facts used here are reusable beyond this mission and are welcome as separate contributions: the product of a positive increasing linear function and a positive antitone concave function is concave, and the reciprocal of a positive strictly concave function is strictly convex.

Selected references

  • S. Benjaafar, Z. Wang, X. Yang, Human in the Loop Automation: Ride-Hailing with Remote (Tele-)Drivers, SSRN working paper 4130757, version of 1 June 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4130757 . Published in Management Science, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01687
  • O. Besbes, F. Castro, I. Lobel, Spatial Capacity Planning, Operations Research 70(2):1271–1291, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.2112
7 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory 4: Two Sources Are Equally Preferred and Insensitive If and Only If Both Are Uniform with Equal Source FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Decision makers facing uncertainty treat different sources of uncertainty differently. The Ellsberg paradox, home bias in investment, and the competence effect all show people preferring bets on one source (a known urn, domestic stocks, a familiar domain) over equally likely bets on another. Ambiguity theories try to describe these differences. Most of them are hard to apply empirically because they work with sets of priors or nonadditive measures on the whole state space.

Baillon, Bleichrodt, Li and Wakker (Management Science 71(10), 2025) propose source theory. Within a source, the agent behaves as if she has a probability measure (probabilistic sophistication). Across sources, she may weight those probabilities differently, through a source function wSw_{\mathcal S}wS​. Two attitude components measure the difference between sources: source preference (ambiguity aversion) and insensitivity (a-insensitivity, the tendency to treat all intermediate likelihoods alike). Their Theorem 4 answers a basic question for this framework. When are two sources at exactly the same level on both components?

Setting

A state space SSS carries an algebra E\mathcal EE of events. An act is a finite-valued map x:S→Γx : S \to \Gammax:S→Γ into an outcome set Γ\GammaΓ whose level sets are events. A weak order ≽\succcurlyeq≽ on acts is represented by biseparable utility: a utility UUU on outcomes and a weighting function WWW on events (W(∅)=0W(\emptyset)=0W(∅)=0, W(S)=1W(S)=1W(S)=1, monotone) evaluate a binary act γEβ\gamma E \betaγEβ with γ≽β\gamma \succcurlyeq \betaγ≽β by W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β)W(E)U(\gamma) + (1-W(E))U(\beta)W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β). Structural Assumption 1 adds three nonindifferent outcomes, convex rangedness of WWW, strong monotonicity, cumulative dominance and an Archimedean axiom. Events are ranked by WWW: A≽BA \succcurlyeq BA≽B iff W(A)≥W(B)W(A) \ge W(B)W(A)≥W(B).

A source is a subalgebra S⊆E\mathcal S \subseteq \mathcal ES⊆E on which WWW is convex ranged. It is uniform if a finitely additive probability measure PSP_{\mathcal S}PS​ on S\mathcal SS satisfies stochastic dominance for all acts from S\mathcal SS. Then W=wS∘PSW = w_{\mathcal S} \circ P_{\mathcal S}W=wS​∘PS​ on S\mathcal SS for a continuous, strictly increasing wS:[0,1]→[0,1]w_{\mathcal S} : [0,1] \to [0,1]wS​:[0,1]→[0,1], the source function.

For two sources A\mathcal AA and C\mathcal CC:

  • C\mathcal CC is preferred to A\mathcal AA (Definition 2) if for A1∈AA_1 \in \mathcal AA1​∈A, C1∈CC_1 \in \mathcal CC1​∈C, W(A1)=W(C1)W(A_1) = W(C_1)W(A1​)=W(C1​) implies W(A1c)≤W(C1c)W(A_1^c) \le W(C_1^c)W(A1c​)≤W(C1c​).
  • A\mathcal AA is more insensitive than C\mathcal CC with insensitivity region [B,D][B, D][B,D] (Definition 4) if, for matching threefold partitions, the middle cell of A\mathcal AA gains at least as much weight as that of C\mathcal CC when moved from the worst to the middle rank (if the worst cell is large enough, bounded by DDD), and dually at the best rank (if the best cell is at least as likely as BBB).
  • The region [B,D][B, D][B,D] is regular for S\mathcal SS if every fourfold partition of SSS from S\mathcal SS has a cell EjE_jEj​ with Ej≽BE_j \succcurlyeq BEj​≽B and Ejc≼DE_j^c \preccurlyeq DEjc​≼D.
  • Two sources are equally preferred (equally insensitive) if the relation holds in both directions.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

Under Assumption 1, sources A\mathcal AA and C\mathcal CC are equally preferred and equally insensitive with a regular insensitivity region if and only if both are uniform and

wA=wC.w_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C}.wA​=wC​.

Moreover, A\mathcal AA and C\mathcal CC are then equally insensitive with the maximal region [∅,S][\emptyset, S][∅,S].

Milestones

In the order of the proof (p. 8780):

  1. the reversed implication, which the paper calls direct;
  2. transitivity of source preference and insensitivity (Observation 3);
  3. Theorem 1: a source is uniform iff it is equally preferred and insensitive to itself with a regular region;
  4. for a uniform source, a regular region [B,D][B, D][B,D] from the source has P(B)≤14≤34≤P(D)P(B) \le \tfrac14 \le \tfrac34 \le P(D)P(B)≤41​≤43​≤P(D);
  5. for equally preferred uniform sources, the pmatcher φ\varphiφ with wA=wC∘φw_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphiwA​=wC​∘φ satisfies φ(p)+φ(1−p)=1\varphi(p) + \varphi(1-p) = 1φ(p)+φ(1−p)=1, so φ(12)=12\varphi(\tfrac12) = \tfrac12φ(21​)=21​;
  6. insensitivity in each direction makes φ\varphiφ and φ−1\varphi^{-1}φ−1 sub-additive on [0,12][0, \tfrac12][0,21​];
  7. these two inequalities and φ(12)=12\varphi(\tfrac12) = \tfrac12φ(21​)=21​ force φ\varphiφ to be linear on [0,12][0, \tfrac12][0,21​];
  8. φ\varphiφ is then the identity on [0,1][0, 1][0,1].

Significance

The theorem says that a comparison of ambiguity attitudes "at the same level" is only possible between uniform sources. Equal preference and equal insensitivity, both observable through bets, already force probabilistic sophistication within each source and identical source functions. With risk as the second source, it characterizes ambiguity neutrality of a source behaviorally (Corollary 1 of the paper). It also shows that both attitude components are needed: the paper's Example 1 exhibits sources that are equally preferred but differ in insensitivity.

The result is proved in the paper, partly by reference. The linearity step defers to an Online Appendix, and Theorem 1's proof relies on a representation theorem of Krantz, Luce, Suppes and Tversky (1971). As far as known, none of the paper's results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would check the paper's proof, including the deferred functional-equation step and the boundary bookkeeping of insensitivity regions. It would also provide a reusable Lean layer for Savage-style acts, biseparable utility and comparative ambiguity attitudes.

Difficulty

The forward direction is the hard one. The obvious route is to compare the two sources directly through the pmatcher φ\varphiφ. But φ\varphiφ exists only once both sources are known to be uniform, and nothing in the hypotheses says so. The proof first collapses the cross-source conditions into conditions of each source with itself, by transitivity, and then invokes Theorem 1. Theorem 1 in turn needs a qualitative-probability representation theorem.

Once φ\varphiφ exists, the insensitivity conditions give only one-sided inequalities: φ\varphiφ and φ−1\varphi^{-1}φ−1 are sub-additive on [0,12][0, \tfrac12][0,21​]. Sub-additivity of φ−1\varphi^{-1}φ−1 gives super-additivity of φ\varphiφ only where φ(p)+φ(ε)≤12\varphi(p) + \varphi(\varepsilon) \le \tfrac12φ(p)+φ(ε)≤21​. The symmetry φ(12)=12\varphi(\tfrac12) = \tfrac12φ(21​)=21​, which comes from source preference, is what closes the gap. Regularity is used twice: it brings Theorem 1 into play, and it guarantees that the region's upper bound lies above probability 12\tfrac1221​.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works in the sub-namespace SourceTheory.EqualSources, with one definition module holding the whole model:

  • Assumption1 bundles Structural Assumption 1.
  • IsSource is a subalgebra on which WWW is convex ranged.
  • IsUniformWith and IsSourceFunction encode uniformity and (5).
  • IsPreferredTo, IsMoreInsensitive and IsRegularRegion encode Definition 2, Definition 4 and regularity.

Conventions committed to:

  • events form an algebra E\mathcal EE, which the paper allows in its endnote 1;
  • convex rangedness is imposed on E\mathcal EE and on each named source, since the trivial algebra is never convex ranged;
  • event preference is WWW-order;
  • probability measures are finitely additive;
  • twofold partitions are (A1,A1c)(A_1, A_1^c)(A1​,A1c​), and partitions may have empty cells;
  • a "transformation" is a continuous probability weighting function;
  • the pmatcher is a binder with wA=wC∘φw_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphiwA​=wC​∘φ on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and its inverse is a binder with two-sided inverse laws, never Function.invFun;
  • the region in Theorem 4 is read as regular for both sources, and "wA=wCw_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C}wA​=wC​" as a single function that is the source function of both.

The goal deliberately has no Assumption 2: the paper says it is implied by the other conditions, and adding it would weaken the theorem. Neither regularity hypothesis may be dropped either. Without regularity, a degenerate region such as [S,∅][S, \emptyset][S,∅] makes the insensitivity conditions nearly empty, and the left-hand side holds for sources that are not uniform.

A complete development needs:

  • finitely additive probabilities on algebras;
  • a range lemma (convex rangedness makes PSP_{\mathcal S}PS​ onto [0,1][0,1][0,1]);
  • the Krantz et al. representation of qualitative probabilities;
  • an interval version of the Cauchy functional equation.

The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, and to the shared model layer, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Baillon, H. Bleichrodt, C. Li, P. P. Wakker, Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory, Management Science 71(10):8767–8782, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03307
  • D. H. Krantz, R. D. Luce, P. Suppes, A. Tversky, Foundations of Measurement, Vol. I, Academic Press, 1971.
  • D. Ellsberg, Risk, Ambiguity, and the Savage Axioms, Quarterly Journal of Economics 75(4):643–669, 1961. https://doi.org/10.2307/1884324
  • L. J. Savage, The Foundations of Statistics, Wiley, 1954.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory 3: A Source Is More Insensitive Than Another If and Only If the Pmatcher Between Them Is InsensitiveResearch Paper

Motivation

Decision makers facing uncertainty do not treat all events alike. Beyond liking or disliking ambiguity (the Ellsberg paradox, the home bias, the competence effect), people show insensitivity: a lack of discriminatory power that makes them overweight unlikely and underweight likely events, more so when they understand the uncertainty less. For risk this is the empirically prevalent inverse-S shape of probability weighting; for uncertainty it is linked to ambiguity perception and cognitive ability. Trautmann and van de Kuilen (2015) and many empirical studies stress its importance, yet most theoretical work on ambiguity models only the preference component.

Baillon, Bleichrodt, Li and Wakker (Management Science 71(10), 2025) propose source theory: within each source of uncertainty (a family of events generated by one mechanism, such as a stock index or an urn) the agent is probabilistically sophisticated, and differences in attitude appear across sources. Their third main result, Theorem 3, characterises comparative insensitivity between two sources through a single function of probabilities, the pmatcher. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

A state space SSS carries an algebra E\mathcal EE of events, and Γ\GammaΓ is a set of outcomes. An act is a finite-valued map x:S→Γx : S \to \Gammax:S→Γ whose level sets are events; a preference ≽\succcurlyeq≽ ranks acts. Structural Assumption 1 requires a utility UUU on outcomes and a weighting function WWW on events (W(∅)=0W(\emptyset)=0W(∅)=0, W(S)=1W(S)=1W(S)=1, monotone) such that binary acts are ranked by biseparable utility, W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β)W(E)U(\gamma) + (1-W(E))U(\beta)W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β) for γ≽β\gamma \succcurlyeq \betaγ≽β, together with convex rangedness of WWW, strong monotonicity, cumulative dominance, an Archimedean axiom, and three outcomes of distinct utility. Events are ranked by WWW: A≽BA \succcurlyeq BA≽B means W(A)≥W(B)W(A) \ge W(B)W(A)≥W(B).

A source is a subalgebra A⊆E\mathcal A \subseteq \mathcal EA⊆E on which WWW is convex ranged. It is uniform if a finitely additive probability PAP_{\mathcal A}PA​ on A\mathcal AA (the a-neutral probability) satisfies stochastic dominance for acts from A\mathcal AA. Then W=wA∘PAW = w_{\mathcal A} \circ P_{\mathcal A}W=wA​∘PA​ on A\mathcal AA for a continuous, strictly increasing source function wA:[0,1]→[0,1]w_{\mathcal A} : [0,1] \to [0,1]wA​:[0,1]→[0,1]. Assumption 2 says that two sources C\mathcal CC and A\mathcal AA are uniform, with PC,wCP_{\mathcal C}, w_{\mathcal C}PC​,wC​ and PA,wAP_{\mathcal A}, w_{\mathcal A}PA​,wA​. The pmatcher from A\mathcal AA to C\mathcal CC is the transformation φ\varphiφ with

wA=wC∘φ,φ=wC−1∘wA.w_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphi, \qquad \varphi = w_{\mathcal C}^{-1} \circ w_{\mathcal A}.wA​=wC​∘φ,φ=wC−1​∘wA​.

More insensitivity (Definition 4): A\mathcal AA is more insensitive than C\mathcal CC with insensitivity region [B,D][B, D][B,D] if, for all threefold partitions (C1,C2,C3)(C_1,C_2,C_3)(C1​,C2​,C3​) from C\mathcal CC and (A1,A2,A3)(A_1,A_2,A_3)(A1​,A2​,A3​) from A\mathcal AA,

W(A1)=W(C1) & W(A3c)=W(C3c)≤W(D)  ⟹  W(A2)≥W(C2),W(A_1) = W(C_1)\ \&\ W(A_3^c) = W(C_3^c) \le W(D) \implies W(A_2) \ge W(C_2),W(A1​)=W(C1​) & W(A3c​)=W(C3c​)≤W(D)⟹W(A2​)≥W(C2​), W(B)≤W(A1)=W(C1) & W(A3c)=W(C3c)  ⟹  W(A2c)≤W(C2c).W(B) \le W(A_1) = W(C_1)\ \&\ W(A_3^c) = W(C_3^c) \implies W(A_2^c) \le W(C_2^c).W(B)≤W(A1​)=W(C1​) & W(A3c​)=W(C3c​)⟹W(A2c​)≤W(C2c​).

A function www on [0,1][0,1][0,1] is insensitive with region [b,d][b, d][b,d] if for all p1,p2,p3≥0p_1, p_2, p_3 \ge 0p1​,p2​,p3​≥0 summing to 1, w(p2)≥w(p1+p2)−w(p1)w(p_2) \ge w(p_1+p_2) - w(p_1)w(p2​)≥w(p1​+p2​)−w(p1​) whenever p1+p2≤dp_1 + p_2 \le dp1​+p2​≤d, and 1−w(p1+p3)≥w(p1+p2)−w(p1)1 - w(p_1+p_3) \ge w(p_1+p_2) - w(p_1)1−w(p1​+p3​)≥w(p1​+p2​)−w(p1​) whenever p1≥bp_1 \ge bp1​≥b.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

Under Assumptions 1 and 2, for boundary events B,D∈AB, D \in \mathcal AB,D∈A:

A is more insensitive than C with region [B,D]  ⟺  ∃ φ insensitive with region [PA(B),PA(D)], wA=wC∘φ.\mathcal A \text{ is more insensitive than } \mathcal C \text{ with region } [B,D] \iff \exists\, \varphi \text{ insensitive with region } [P_{\mathcal A}(B), P_{\mathcal A}(D)],\ w_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphi.A is more insensitive than C with region [B,D]⟺∃φ insensitive with region [PA​(B),PA​(D)], wA​=wC​∘φ.

Milestones

  1. The a-neutral probability of a uniform source takes every value in [0,1][0,1][0,1] (proof of Observation 1).
  2. The pmatcher exists, is continuous, strictly increasing and unique ((18)).
  3. Observation 4: φ(PA(A))⋛PC(C)\varphi(P_{\mathcal A}(A)) \gtreqless P_{\mathcal C}(C)φ(PA​(A))⋛PC​(C) iff A≻,∼,≺CA \succ, \sim, \prec CA≻,∼,≺C.
  4. Threefold partitions match iff φ(q1)=p1\varphi(q_1) = p_1φ(q1​)=p1​ and φ(q1+q2)=p1+p2\varphi(q_1+q_2) = p_1+p_2φ(q1​+q2​)=p1​+p2​.
  5. For matching partitions, A2≽C2A_2 \succcurlyeq C_2A2​≽C2​ iff φ(q2)≥φ(q1+q2)−φ(q1)\varphi(q_2) \ge \varphi(q_1+q_2) - \varphi(q_1)φ(q2​)≥φ(q1​+q2​)−φ(q1​).
  6. The boundary condition A3c≼DA_3^c \preccurlyeq DA3c​≼D means q1+q2≤PA(D)q_1 + q_2 \le P_{\mathcal A}(D)q1​+q2​≤PA​(D).
  7. The dual case, (9) against (14), with B≼A1B \preccurlyeq A_1B≼A1​ iff PA(B)≤q1P_{\mathcal A}(B) \le q_1PA​(B)≤q1​.

Significance

Theorem 3 shows that comparative insensitivity, a condition on preferences over events of two sources, is equivalent to a shape condition (sub-additivity bounded away from the extremes) on one real function. With C\mathcal CC the risky source, φ\varphiφ is the matching-probability function measured in experiments (Dimmock et al. 2016), so the theorem justifies reading inverse-S matching probabilities as ambiguity-generated insensitivity, and it identifies the probability interval on which the shape condition applies. Together with Theorem 2 (source preference iff a disliked pmatcher), it lets a single function capture both components of uncertainty attitudes.

The result is proved in the paper, in a short argument relying on a range property whose general finitely additive proof is in an online appendix. No part of the paper is formalized anywhere to our knowledge. A formal development fixes the model precisely (Assumption 1 has many components), checks the region correspondence, and provides a reusable layer of decision-theoretic definitions (acts, biseparable utility, sources, source functions) for the rest of the paper's results.

Difficulty

The pmatcher translates events into probabilities, but Definition 4 quantifies over partitions while (13)–(14) quantify over real triples. The direction from preferences to φ\varphiφ needs every triple (p1,p2,p3)(p_1,p_2,p_3)(p1​,p2​,p3​) to be realised by a partition of A\mathcal AA and a matching partition of C\mathcal CC, with nested events. This rests on convex rangedness and on the fact that a finitely additive a-neutral probability of a convex-ranged source takes every value in [0,1][0,1][0,1], which is elementary only for countably additive measures. Matching must also respect the boundary condition in both sources at once, so the region [B,D][B,D][B,D] has to be carried exactly to [PA(B),PA(D)][P_{\mathcal A}(B), P_{\mathcal A}(D)][PA​(B),PA​(D)], not merely to some interval.

Formalization scope

Lean represents events as an algebra E\mathcal EE of Set S (MeasureTheory.IsSetAlgebra), allowed by the paper's endnote 1; the paper's own case is all subsets. WWW, UUU, PAP_{\mathcal A}PA​, PCP_{\mathcal C}PC​ are real-valued; WWW is total on Set S and every event in a statement is required to belong to E\mathcal EE or to a named source. Structural Assumption 1 is one structure with a field per axiom; "W is convex ranged for every source" is read as convex rangedness on E\mathcal EE and on each source a theorem names, since the trivial algebra is never convex ranged. Event preference is WWW-order. Probabilities are finitely additive. Partitions are ordered and may have empty cells. A "transformation" is read as a continuous probability weighting function, the properties (18) gives the pmatcher. The pmatcher is asserted to exist, never defined through an inverse function. The function region [b,d][b,d][b,d] is not constrained to 0≤b<d≤10 \le b < d \le 10≤b<d≤1, because PA(B)≥PA(D)P_{\mathcal A}(B) \ge P_{\mathcal A}(D)PA​(B)≥PA​(D) can happen for B,D∈AB, D \in \mathcal AB,D∈A.

The goal is stated in the theorem's "Furthermore" form with both regions pinned. The bare equivalence with both regions existentially quantified would be trivialized: a function region with b>1b > 1b>1 and d<0d < 0d<0 satisfies (13)–(14) vacuously, which would reduce condition (ii) to the existence of a pmatcher.

A complete development needs the range lemma for finitely additive probabilities on convex-ranged algebras, the construction of nested events of prescribed probability, and the inverse of a continuous strictly increasing map of [0,1][0,1][0,1] onto itself. The model layer is shared with the other missions of this paper series and is reusable for any result on biseparable preferences and sources of uncertainty. Proofs of the milestones and of the range lemma are welcome individually.

Selected references

  • A. Baillon, H. Bleichrodt, C. Li, P. P. Wakker, Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory, Management Science 71(10):8767–8782, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03307
  • S. G. Dimmock, R. Kouwenberg, P. P. Wakker, Ambiguity Attitudes in a Large Representative Sample, Management Science 62(5):1363–1380, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2015.2198
  • S. T. Trautmann, G. van de Kuilen, Ambiguity Attitudes, in The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of Judgment and Decision Making, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118468333.ch3
  • I. Gilboa, Expected Utility with Purely Subjective Non-Additive Probabilities, Journal of Mathematical Economics 16(1):65–88, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(87)90022-X
9 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment II: There Is a Shock-Size Threshold Above Which the Optimal Date-0 Rate Stays at R and Below Which It Is CutResearch Paper

Motivation

Low interest rates are meant to stimulate investment, yet periods of monetary easing have coincided with weak corporate investment and large debt-financed share buybacks and dividends. Acharya and Plantin (SSRN 3484935; Management Science, 2025, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01440) explain this with a moral-hazard channel: when the market rate rrr falls below the rate RRR at which shareholders discount the future, firms borrow against future output to pay out cash today (a leveraged payout). The payout lowers the shareholders' retained stake and with it their incentive to make the firm productive.

The paper then asks how a central bank should set the interest rate after a temporary productivity shock when wages cannot fall. Cutting the rate raises investment but degrades productive efficiency through leveraged payouts. Proposition 12 answers the question by the size of the shock: small shocks should be met by leaving the rate unchanged ("leaning against the wind", in the sense of Stein, 2012), and only large shocks may justify a cut.

Setting

An economy consists of a discount rate R>1R>1R>1, an effort-cost parameter π∈(0,1)\pi\in(0,1)π∈(0,1) (not the circle constant), a capital-good technology fff and a consumption-good technology ggg. Both satisfy the Inada conditions: f(0)=0f(0)=0f(0)=0, f′>0f'>0f′>0, f′(0+)=+∞f'(0^+)=+\inftyf′(0+)=+∞, f′(+∞)=0f'(+\infty)=0f′(+∞)=0; fff is twice continuously differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) with f′′<0f''<0f′′<0, and ggg is continuously differentiable with g′g'g′ strictly decreasing. A unit mass of workers supplies one unit of labour; lll goes to the capital-good sector and 1−l1-l1−l to the consumption-good sector. The laissez-faire steady state (l∗,w∗)(l^*,w^*)(l∗,w∗) solves

π2Rf′(l∗)=g′(1−l∗)=w∗.(20)\frac{\pi}{2R}f'(l^*)=g'(1-l^*)=w^*. \tag{20}2Rπ​f′(l∗)=g′(1−l∗)=w∗.(20)

At date 0 one cohort of workers is hit by a shock ρ∈(0,1)\rho\in(0,1)ρ∈(0,1): its technology is ρg\rho gρg. Its first-best labour lρl_\rholρ​ solves πf′(lρ)/(2R)=ρ g′(1−lρ)\pi f'(l_\rho)/(2R)=\rho\,g'(1-l_\rho)πf′(lρ​)/(2R)=ρg′(1−lρ​). The date-0 wage is rigid at w∗w^*w∗.

The central bank chooses the date-0 rate r>0r>0r>0. With rˉ(r)=min⁡{r,R}\bar r(r)=\min\{r,R\}rˉ(r)=min{r,R}, entrepreneurs exert effort e(r)=πR/(2R−rˉ(r))e(r)=\pi R/(2R-\bar r(r))e(r)=πR/(2R−rˉ(r)) and hire labour l(r)∈(0,1]l(r)\in(0,1]l(r)∈(0,1] with

πR f′(l(r))2(2R−rˉ(r))=r w∗.\frac{\pi R\,f'(l(r))}{2(2R-\bar r(r))}=r\,w^*.2(2R−rˉ(r))πRf′(l(r))​=rw∗.

The rate r‾\underline rr​ at which l(r‾)=1l(\underline r)=1l(r​)=1 is the lowest feasible rate. The planner maximizes the date-0 surplus

Σρ(r)=(e(r)−e(r)22π)f(l(r))R+ρ g(1−l(r)).(59)\Sigma_\rho(r)=\Big(e(r)-\frac{e(r)^2}{2\pi}\Big)\frac{f(l(r))}{R}+\rho\,g(1-l(r)). \tag{59}Σρ​(r)=(e(r)−2πe(r)2​)Rf(l(r))​+ρg(1−l(r)).(59)

An optimal rate rur_uru​, with labour lu=l(ru)l_u=l(r_u)lu​=l(ru​), maximizes Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ over every feasible rate.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 12

There is ρˉ∈[0,1)\bar\rho\in[0,1)ρˉ​∈[0,1) such that

ρ∈[ρˉ,1) ⟹ R is optimal, e(R)=π, l∗<lρ,and R is the unique optimum if ρ>ρˉ;\rho\in[\bar\rho,1)\ \Longrightarrow\ R \text{ is optimal},\ e(R)=\pi,\ l^*<l_\rho,\quad\text{and } R \text{ is the unique optimum if } \rho>\bar\rho;ρ∈[ρˉ​,1) ⟹ R is optimal, e(R)=π, l∗<lρ​,and R is the unique optimum if ρ>ρˉ​; ρ∈(0,ρˉ) ⟹ an optimum exists and every optimum has ru<R, e(ru)<π, l∗<lu<lρ.\rho\in(0,\bar\rho)\ \Longrightarrow\ \text{an optimum exists and every optimum has } r_u<R,\ e(r_u)<\pi,\ l^*<l_u<l_\rho.ρ∈(0,ρˉ​) ⟹ an optimum exists and every optimum has ru​<R, e(ru​)<π, l∗<lu​<lρ​.

The threshold is pinned from both sides: the first clause alone holds for ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ close to 1, the second alone for ρˉ=0\bar\rho=0ρˉ​=0.

Milestones

  1. l(r)>l∗l(r)>l^*l(r)>l∗ for every r<Rr<Rr<R (proof of Proposition 12, p. 58).
  2. (64): lll is differentiable on rates below RRR with l′(r)=4w∗(R−r)/(πRf′′(l(r)))l'(r)=4w^*(R-r)/(\pi Rf''(l(r)))l′(r)=4w∗(R−r)/(πRf′′(l(r))).
  3. (65): Σρ′(r)=(R−r)[A+4w∗πRf′′(l(r))B]\Sigma_\rho'(r)=(R-r)\big[A+\frac{4w^*}{\pi Rf''(l(r))}B\big]Σρ′​(r)=(R−r)[A+πRf′′(l(r))4w∗​B] with A=πf(l(r))/(2R−r)3A=\pi f(l(r))/(2R-r)^3A=πf(l(r))/(2R−r)3 and B=π(3R−2r)f′(l(r))/(2(2R−r)2)−ρg′(1−l(r))B=\pi(3R-2r)f'(l(r))/(2(2R-r)^2)-\rho g'(1-l(r))B=π(3R−2r)f′(l(r))/(2(2R−r)2)−ρg′(1−l(r)).
  4. Step 1: for ρ\rhoρ close to 1, (ru,lu)=(R,l∗)(r_u,l_u)=(R,l^*)(ru​,lu​)=(R,l∗) is the unique optimum.
  5. Step 2: no optimum lies at r‾\underline rr​.
  6. Step 2: the set Ω\OmegaΩ of shocks with an optimum ru<Rr_u<Rru​<R is an initial segment of (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Significance

Proposition 12 is the paper's policy prescription. Together with Proposition 11 (with unregulated leverage the optimal date-0 rate is at most RRR and investment falls short of the first-best) it says that the second-best response to a shock under a rigid wage is non-monotone in the shock size: a central bank that cuts rates for every shock overreacts to small ones.

The result is proved in the paper, in Appendix B, and has no machine-checked proof. The paper's argument is a sketch at three points: Step 1 appeals to "a standard continuity argument", Step 2 to the envelope theorem (66), which presumes a unique differentiable optimum, and the existence of an optimum is taken for granted. A formal proof settles these points and makes the role of f′′<0f''<0f′′<0 explicit. The printed statement also carries a slip (it reads lu<l∗l_u<l^*lu​<l∗ where lu<lρl_u<l_\rholu​<lρ​ is meant), which the formalization corrects and records.

Difficulty

The surplus Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ need not be concave in rrr, so first-order conditions do not identify the optimum, and the optimum must be compared globally across the feasible rates [r‾,∞)[\underline r,\infty)[r​,∞). Near r=Rr=Rr=R both the efficiency gain π−e(r)\pi-e(r)π−e(r) and the scale term BBB vanish, so the sign of Σρ′\Sigma'_\rhoΣρ′​ near (1,R)(1,R)(1,R) is a second-order matter: the gap l(r)−l∗l(r)-l^*l(r)−l∗ is of order (R−r)2/∣f′′(l∗)∣(R-r)^2/|f''(l^*)|(R−r)2/∣f′′(l∗)∣, and the argument breaks down if f′′(l∗)=0f''(l^*)=0f′′(l∗)=0. The naive argument "Σρ\Sigma_\rhoΣρ​ is continuous in ρ\rhoρ, so ru=Rr_u=Rru​=R persists near ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1" fails without a uniform estimate, because the optimizer need not depend continuously on ρ\rhoρ. A tie between an interior optimum and RRR may occur at ρ=ρˉ\rho=\bar\rhoρ=ρˉ​.

Formalization scope

The Lean development fixes one economy E : Economy (fields R, π, f, g, lstar, wstar with (20)); the shock ρ\rhoρ and the first-best labour lρl_\rholρ​ (IsFirstBestLabor E ρ lρ) are separate parameters, so that ρ\rhoρ varies with everything else held fixed. Effort is effort E r, labour demand the relation IsLaborDemand E r l (which includes 0<l≤10<l\le 10<l≤1), and optimality IsOptimalRate E ρ ru lu is global: against every rate r>0r>0r>0 and every feasible labour demand at rrr. Derivatives are deriv, used only where the Inada conditions give differentiability.

Conventions and deviations from the page:

  • The planner chooses any r>0r>0r>0; rates above RRR enter through rˉ(r)=min⁡{r,R}\bar r(r)=\min\{r,R\}rˉ(r)=min{r,R} of the paper's Proposition 2. The paper's proof maximizes over [r‾,R][\underline r,R][r​,R]; the two programs have the same optima.
  • f′′<0f''<0f′′<0 is a standing hypothesis (part of the Inada conditions). The paper uses f′′f''f′′ in (64) without stating its sign; without it the goal can fail.
  • The goal states lu<lρl_u<l_\rholu​<lρ​ and l∗<lul^*<l_ul∗<lu​ where the page prints "lu<l∗l_u<l^*lu​<l∗" (a slip, see above); e∗e^*e∗ is read as e(ru)e(r_u)e(ru​).
  • Uniqueness of the optimum at ρ=ρˉ\rho=\bar\rhoρ=ρˉ​ is not claimed; Ω\OmegaΩ is formalized as an initial segment, not as the open interval (0,ρˉ)(0,\bar\rho)(0,ρˉ​).
  • "R>rρR>r_\rhoR>rρ​", the comparison with the regulated rate of Proposition 10, is not formalized. Neither are the dynamic economy beyond date 0, the bond market and fiscal transfers, the dates t≠0t\neq0t=0 (Propositions 8–9), the envelope identity (66), or the examples after Step 2.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: optimality is never local, l∗l^*l∗, w∗w^*w∗ and lρl_\rholρ​ are tied to their defining equations, the existence of an optimal rate for ρ≥ρˉ\rho\ge\bar\rhoρ≥ρˉ​ is asserted rather than assumed, and the clauses for ρ≥ρˉ\rho\ge\bar\rhoρ≥ρˉ​ and ρ<ρˉ\rho<\bar\rhoρ<ρˉ​ are stated together, so that neither ρˉ=0\bar\rho=0ρˉ​=0 nor ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ near 1 satisfies the goal for free.

A complete proof needs the inverse function theorem for f′f'f′, compactness of the feasible rates [r‾,R][\underline r,R][r​,R], the mean value theorem for ggg at 000, and a uniform second-order estimate near r=Rr=Rr=R. The continuity and differentiability of the labour response, and the existence of an optimal rate, are reusable for the companion mission on Proposition 11. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for Step 1 that avoid the envelope theorem, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. V. Acharya and G. Plantin, Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment, SSRN working paper 3484935, version of May 23, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3484935
  • V. V. Acharya and G. Plantin, Monetary Easing, Leveraged Payouts, and Lack of Investment, Management Science, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01440
  • J. C. Stein, Monetary Policy as Financial Stability Regulation, Quarterly Journal of Economics 127(1), 57–95, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1093/qje/qjr054
8 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory 2: A Source Is Preferred to Another If and Only If the Pmatcher Between Them Is DislikedResearch Paper

Motivation

Decisions under uncertainty rarely come with known probabilities. Since Ellsberg's (1961) urn experiments it has been documented that people prefer betting on events whose likelihood they understand — a known urn, a familiar domestic stock, a domain they feel competent in — over events of an unfamiliar source of uncertainty, even when they judge the events equally likely. This phenomenon, ambiguity aversion, together with the competence effect and home bias, is central to behavioural economics, finance and decision analysis, and its measurement requires a way to compare attitudes across sources.

Baillon, Bleichrodt, Li and Wakker (Management Science 71(10), 2025) develop source theory, in which every source of uncertainty carries its own probability-weighting function, and comparisons between sources are carried by a single function, the pmatcher. Their Theorem 2 characterises when one source is preferred to another: exactly when the pmatcher between them is disliked. With risk as the reference source, the pmatcher is the matching-probability function measured in experiments (Dimmock, Kouwenberg and Wakker 2016, Theorem 3.1), so the theorem connects a preference axiom with an observable function.

Setting

SSS is a state space and Γ\GammaΓ a set of outcomes. Events are the members of an algebra E\mathcal EE of subsets of SSS. An act is a map x:S→Γx : S \to \Gammax:S→Γ with finitely many values whose level sets are events; γEβ\gamma E \betaγEβ is the bet paying γ\gammaγ on EEE and β\betaβ on EcE^cEc. A preference ≽\succcurlyeq≽ over acts is represented by biseparable utility: a utility U:Γ→RU : \Gamma \to \mathbb RU:Γ→R and a weighting function WWW on events with W(∅)=0W(\emptyset) = 0W(∅)=0, W(S)=1W(S) = 1W(S)=1, WWW monotone, such that bets γEβ\gamma E\betaγEβ with γ≽β\gamma \succcurlyeq \betaγ≽β are ranked by W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β)W(E)U(\gamma) + (1 - W(E))U(\beta)W(E)U(γ)+(1−W(E))U(β). Structural Assumption 1 adds three outcomes of distinct utility, convex rangedness of WWW (between two nested events every intermediate weight is attained by an event in between), strong monotonicity, cumulative dominance and an Archimedean axiom. Events are compared by WWW: A≽BA \succcurlyeq BA≽B means W(A)≥W(B)W(A) \ge W(B)W(A)≥W(B).

A source is a subalgebra S⊆E\mathcal S \subseteq \mathcal ES⊆E on which WWW is convex ranged. It is uniform if some finitely additive probability measure PSP_{\mathcal S}PS​ on S\mathcal SS makes the agent respect first-order stochastic dominance for acts measurable with respect to S\mathcal SS. Then W=wS∘PSW = w_{\mathcal S} \circ P_{\mathcal S}W=wS​∘PS​ on S\mathcal SS for a continuous, strictly increasing source function wS:[0,1]→[0,1]w_{\mathcal S} : [0,1] \to [0,1]wS​:[0,1]→[0,1] with wS(0)=0w_{\mathcal S}(0) = 0wS​(0)=0, wS(1)=1w_{\mathcal S}(1) = 1wS​(1)=1; PSP_{\mathcal S}PS​ is the a-neutral probability. Assumption 2 says that two sources C\mathcal CC and A\mathcal AA are uniform, with PC,PA,wC,wAP_{\mathcal C}, P_{\mathcal A}, w_{\mathcal C}, w_{\mathcal A}PC​,PA​,wC​,wA​.

Source preference (Definition 2): C\mathcal CC is preferred to A\mathcal AA if for all C1∈CC_1 \in \mathcal CC1​∈C and A1∈AA_1 \in \mathcal AA1​∈A,

W(A1)=W(C1)  ⟹  W(A1c)≤W(C1c).W(A_1) = W(C_1) \implies W(A_1^c) \le W(C_1^c).W(A1​)=W(C1​)⟹W(A1c​)≤W(C1c​).

A function www on [0,1][0,1][0,1] is disliked if w(p)≤1−w(1−p)w(p) \le 1 - w(1-p)w(p)≤1−w(1−p) for all p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1]. The pmatcher from A\mathcal AA to C\mathcal CC is φ=wC−1∘wA\varphi = w_{\mathcal C}^{-1} \circ w_{\mathcal A}φ=wC−1​∘wA​, so that wA=wC∘φw_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphiwA​=wC​∘φ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Under Assumptions 1 and 2,

C is preferred to A  ⟺  ∃ a disliked transformation φ with wA=wC∘φ on [0,1].\mathcal C \text{ is preferred to } \mathcal A \iff \exists\ \text{a disliked transformation } \varphi \text{ with } w_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphi \text{ on } [0,1].C is preferred to A⟺∃ a disliked transformation φ with wA​=wC​∘φ on [0,1].

Milestones

  1. Range of the a-neutral probability (proof of Observation 1, p. 8779, with (5)): PAP_{\mathcal A}PA​ takes every value in [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  2. Equation (18): the pmatcher exists, is a continuous strictly increasing transformation, and is unique among maps of [0,1][0,1][0,1] into itself with wA=wC∘φw_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphiwA​=wC​∘φ.
  3. Observation 4: φ(PA(A))=PC(C)\varphi(P_{\mathcal A}(A)) = P_{\mathcal C}(C)φ(PA​(A))=PC​(C) iff A∼CA \sim CA∼C, with the strict versions.
  4. The matching step of the proof of Theorem 2: for matching partitions, φ(q1)=p1\varphi(q_1) = p_1φ(q1​)=p1​, and A2≼C2A_2 \preccurlyeq C_2A2​≼C2​ iff φ(q2)≤1−φ(1−q2)\varphi(q_2) \le 1 - \varphi(1 - q_2)φ(q2​)≤1−φ(1−q2​).
  5. Lemma A.1: the definition of source preference is equivalent to its weak-premise form W(A1)≥W(C1)⇒W(A2)≤W(C2)W(A_1) \ge W(C_1) \Rightarrow W(A_2) \le W(C_2)W(A1​)≥W(C1​)⇒W(A2​)≤W(C2​).

Significance

The theorem turns a qualitative axiom on preferences between bets into a single inequality on one real function. Ambiguity aversion (take C\mathcal CC to be risk, Corollary 1 of the paper) becomes dislike of the matching-probability function, which can be estimated from choice data without specifying any parametric ambiguity model. The pmatcher also carries the companion insensitivity result (Theorem 3), so source preference and insensitivity are both read off the same function.

The result is proved in the paper, in one paragraph that relies on (18), Observation 4 and a range property of uniform sources whose general (finitely additive) proof is deferred to an online appendix. No part of source theory has been formalized before. A machine-checked proof makes explicit what the short argument uses: that convex rangedness forces the a-neutral probabilities to fill [0,1][0,1][0,1], that the pmatcher is well defined from the source functions alone, and that the twofold partitions of the definition can be realised for every probability level.

Difficulty

Source preference speaks only about pairs of events, while dislike is a condition on every probability p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1]. Passing between them requires every probability level to be realised by events of both sources. The familiar route to such a range statement uses countable additivity or a measure-theoretic continuity argument, which is not available here: the a-neutral probabilities are only finitely additive, and the paper defers the general case to an online appendix. The range has to come from convex rangedness of WWW and the properties of the source function. A second point is that the pmatcher wC−1∘wAw_{\mathcal C}^{-1} \circ w_{\mathcal A}wC−1​∘wA​ is only meaningful on [0,1][0,1][0,1], so it cannot be handled as a total inverse function.

Formalization scope

All objects are in the namespace SourceTheory.PrefMatch, defined in one module Model.

  • Events are an algebra 𝓔 : Set (Set S) (MeasureTheory.IsSetAlgebra), as the paper's endnote 1 permits. Preference is a relation pref on acts; W : Set S → ℝ and U : Γ → ℝ are total functions whose values off events are never used.
  • Assumption1 bundles Structural Assumption 1: weak order, normalised monotone W, utility on constant acts, three outcomes, biseparable utility, convex rangedness on 𝓔, strong monotonicity, cumulative dominance with event preference read as W-order, and the Archimedean axiom.
  • A source (IsSource) is a subalgebra of 𝓔 on which W is convex ranged; the paper's "W is convex ranged for every source" is read this way because the trivial algebra {∅,S}\{\emptyset, S\}{∅,S} is never convex ranged.
  • Probabilities on a source are finitely additive (IsProbOn); uniformity is stochastic dominance with that probability (IsUniformWith); source functions and transformations are continuous strictly increasing self-maps of [0,1][0,1][0,1] fixing 000 and 111.
  • Twofold partitions are (A1,A1c)(A_1, A_1^c)(A1​,A1c​). "Transformation", undefined in the paper, is read as a continuous probability weighting function; since wCw_{\mathcal C}wC​ is a bijection of [0,1][0,1][0,1], every map of [0,1][0,1][0,1] into itself with wA=wC∘φw_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphiwA​=wC​∘φ is the pmatcher, so nothing is lost. The equality wA=wC∘φw_{\mathcal A} = w_{\mathcal C} \circ \varphiwA​=wC​∘φ is stated on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Disliked is required for all p∈[0,1]p \in [0,1]p∈[0,1], not only for probabilities attained by events; the pmatcher is quantified, never defined through Function.invFun, which would return junk off the range.

A formalization in which Assumption 2 or the source hypotheses were contradictory would make the goal vacuous; the statements use exactly the paper's assumptions, and a sanity file checks that the identity and p↦p2p \mapsto p^2p↦p2 are disliked transformations while ⋅\sqrt{\cdot}⋅​ is a transformation that is not.

Proofs of the milestones, and of a full model of Assumption 1 (for example expected utility with Lebesgue measure on the Borel sets of [0,1)[0,1)[0,1)), are welcome contributions; the model layer is shared verbatim with the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • A. Baillon, H. Bleichrodt, C. Li, P. P. Wakker, Source Theory: A Tractable and Positive Ambiguity Theory, Management Science 71(10):8767–8782, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03307
  • D. Ellsberg, Risk, Ambiguity, and the Savage Axioms, Quarterly Journal of Economics 75(4):643–669, 1961. https://doi.org/10.2307/1884324
  • S. G. Dimmock, R. Kouwenberg, P. P. Wakker, Ambiguity Attitudes in a Large Representative Sample, Management Science 62(5):1363–1380, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2015.2198
  • I. Gilboa, Expected Utility with Purely Subjective Non-Additive Probabilities, Journal of Mathematical Economics 16(1):65–88, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(87)90022-X
7 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains II: In a Supplier–Retailer Chain the GDPR Can Leave Consumers, Retailer and Supplier All Strictly Worse Off (Triple-Lose)Research Paper

Motivation

Data-protection laws such as the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) shift control over personal data from firms to consumers: data may be collected and used only with the consumer's consent and only for the purposes she allows. The usual expectation is that such a rule helps consumers and costs firms. Xu, Wang and Zhang (Management Science, forthcoming) examine this expectation in an online retail market where consumer data has two uses. Upside utilization (saved carts, location sharing, recommendations) lowers the consumer's shopping inconvenience. Downside exploitation (monetizing the data) earns the retailer money at the consumer's expense.

For a single retailer the paper finds that the GDPR raises the firm's profit and social welfare (Theorem 1). This mission formalizes the second main result, Theorem 2: once the retailer buys from an upstream supplier, the GDPR can make consumers, the retailer and the supplier all strictly worse off at once. Supply chains are the common structure of online retail, so this matters for anyone assessing a privacy rule by its effect on a single firm.

Setting

A unit mass of consumers values one product at v>0v>0v>0. Shopping without the website's data-driven functions costs a consumer an inconvenience θ\thetaθ, uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The data quality is δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1). A consumer who buys at retail price ppp and hides her data gets v−p−θv-p-\thetav−p−θ; one who buys and discloses gets

v−p−(1−δ)θ−rδ,v-p-(1-\delta)\theta-r\delta,v−p−(1−δ)θ−rδ,

where r≥0r\ge 0r≥0 is the retailer's monetization intensity. Monetizing at intensity rrr costs the retailer cr2cr^2cr2 (c>0c>0c>0) and earns rδr\deltarδ per disclosed record, so her data profit is rδs−cr2r\delta s-cr^2rδs−cr2 when sss consumers disclose. A consumer buys iff her best buying utility is non-negative. The demand is the measure of buyers, and the consumer surplus is ∫01max⁡{0,U(θ)} dθ\int_0^1\max\{0,U(\theta)\}\,d\theta∫01​max{0,U(θ)}dθ, where U(θ)U(\theta)U(θ) is the consumer's best buying utility.

The game has four stages. The retailer decides whether to collect data (ℓ∈{0,1}\ell\in\{0,1\}ℓ∈{0,1}). The supplier, whose production cost is zero, sets a wholesale price www. The retailer sets ppp. Then consumers buy and disclose or hide. The retailer earns (p−w)⋅demand+rδs−cr2(p-w)\cdot\text{demand}+r\delta s-cr^2(p−w)⋅demand+rδs−cr2 and the supplier w⋅demandw\cdot\text{demand}w⋅demand. Two data policies are compared:

  • ℝ mode (retailer-controlled, before the GDPR): after collecting, the retailer chooses rrr to maximize rδs−cr2r\delta s-cr^2rδs−cr2 given the realized disclosing quantity sss. Consumers anticipate sss correctly: the consumer stage is a rational expectations equilibrium (REE).
  • ℂ mode (consumer-controlled, the GDPR): consumers allow upside utilization and block exploitation, so r=0r=0r=0 and every buyer discloses.

Without collection both modes give the hiding utility v−p−θv-p-\thetav−p−θ. The paper's constants are

Z=2c+δ,M=4c2(1−δ)+cδ(4−3δ)+δ2,F=4c2(1−δ)+4cδ(1−δ)+δ2.\mathcal Z=2c+\delta,\qquad \mathcal M=4c^2(1-\delta)+c\delta(4-3\delta)+\delta^2,\qquad \mathcal F=4c^2(1-\delta)+4c\delta(1-\delta)+\delta^2.Z=2c+δ,M=4c2(1−δ)+cδ(4−3δ)+δ2,F=4c2(1−δ)+4cδ(1−δ)+δ2.

Outcomes are those of a subgame-perfect equilibrium (SPE): an REE at every (ℓ,p)(\ell,p)(ℓ,p), a retailer price that is a best response at every (ℓ,w)(\ell,w)(ℓ,w), a supplier price that is a best response after each ℓ\ellℓ, and a profit-maximizing ℓ\ellℓ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 23)

With t1=4(1−δ)MZt_1=\frac{4\sqrt{(1-\delta)\mathcal M}}{\mathcal Z}t1​=Z4(1−δ)M​​, t2=4M1−δZFt_2=\frac{4\mathcal M\sqrt{1-\delta}}{\mathcal Z\sqrt{\mathcal F}}t2​=ZF​4M1−δ​​, t3=41−δt_3=4\sqrt{1-\delta}t3​=41−δ​, t4=4FZt_4=\frac{4\sqrt{\mathcal F}}{\mathcal Z}t4​=Z4F​​ and t5=4MZt_5=\frac{4\sqrt{\mathcal M}}{\mathcal Z}t5​=Z4M​​, SPE exist under both policies, and for every pair of SPE the GDPR's effect on (consumer surplus, retailer profit, supplier profit) is:

v<t1:(+,+,+) triple wint1<v<t2:(+,−,+)t2<v<t3:(−,−,+)t3<v<t4:(−,−,−) triple loset4<v<t5:(+,−,−)\begin{array}{ll} v<t_1: & (+,+,+)\ \text{triple win}\\ t_1<v<t_2: & (+,-,+)\\ t_2<v<t_3: & (-,-,+)\\ t_3<v<t_4: & (-,-,-)\ \text{triple lose}\\ t_4<v<t_5: & (+,-,-)\end{array}v<t1​:t1​<v<t2​:t2​<v<t3​:t3​<v<t4​:t4​<v<t5​:​(+,+,+) triple win(+,−,+)(−,−,+)(−,−,−) triple lose(+,−,−)​

Every sign is strict.

Milestones

Lemma 1 (the hide / disclose / no-buy partition of the market), display (5) (the retailer's pricing reaction p(w)p(w)p(w)), Propositions 3 and 4 (the equilibria of the two modes), Corollary EC.1 (who collects data under which policy), and Propositions EC.11, EC.12, EC.13 (one column of the theorem each: consumer surplus, retailer profit, supplier profit).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 is a counterexample to the view that consumer data protection is a transfer from firms to consumers. In the triple-lose interval the GDPR makes the retailer stop collecting data. That removes the inconvenience reduction consumers valued and shrinks the market, so the supplier loses too. Corollary EC.1 shows that the GDPR shrinks the range of valuations in which data is collected at all. The comparison with the single-firm case (Theorem 1) isolates the supplier's wholesale pricing as the source of the harm.

Formalizing it. The paper's arguments are algebraic and piecewise: an REE fixed point with a kink at full market coverage, global maximization of piecewise-quadratic profits, a nested maximization for the supplier, and comparisons of thresholds involving square roots. Several printed statements hold only on part of their stated range. Display (5) fails when the market saturates. The "otherwise" clauses of Propositions EC.11 and EC.13 fail at the points where the retailer is indifferent about collecting. Several proof displays carry typos. A machine-checked development pins the exact ranges and gives a reusable, fully specified model of consumer-data policies in a vertical chain. No machine-checked proof of these results is known.

Difficulty

The obvious argument plugs the printed closed forms into each other and compares them. That argument does not reach the theorem as stated. The theorem is about every subgame-perfect equilibrium of the game, defined from the utilities, not about the closed forms. So the work is to show that the equilibrium is pinned down at every node, including off the path. The REE must be shown unique at every price. The retailer's best response must be derived globally over p∈Rp\in\mathbb Rp∈R, including the saturated branch, where demand equals 1 and the printed formula (5) is wrong. The supplier's profit w⋅min⁡{1,(v−w)Z2/(2M)}w\cdot\min\{1,(v-w)\mathcal Z^2/(2\mathcal M)\}w⋅min{1,(v−w)Z2/(2M)} must be maximized across the kink. After that, the five sign patterns rest on a chain of strict inequalities among t1,…,t5t_1,\dots,t_5t1​,…,t5​ and among the equilibrium profits, which must hold for all c>0c>0c>0 and δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1).

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace RetailPrivacy.SupplyChain and use one definition file, RetailPrivacy.SupplyChain.Model. That file holds the policy (Policy.R, Policy.C), the constants Z,M,F\mathcal Z,\mathcal M,\mathcal FZ,M,F, the hide and disclose utilities, demand and disclosing quantity as Lebesgue measures of sets of θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1], consumer surplus as an interval integral, the REE predicate, strategy profiles with actions at every node, and the SPE predicate. Collection is a Bool. Prices range over all of R\mathbb RR and the intensity over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The standing assumptions are c>0c>0c>0, δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1) and the added v>0v>0v>0: the paper leaves v>0v>0v>0 implicit, and at v≤0v\le 0v≤0 nothing is sold and every strict claim fails. The consumer-stage definitions are textually identical, up to the namespace, to those of the single-firm mission of this series.

Departures from the print, each disclosed in the item: display (5) is stated on its valid range; Propositions 3(iii) and 4(iii) are stated as comparisons of the retailer's subgame profits; Corollary EC.1 is stated with strict inequalities; and the "otherwise" clauses of EC.11 and EC.13 are stated without the indifference points.

Four formalizations would trivialize the goal, and none is acceptable: comparing the printed closed forms instead of equilibrium outcomes; an "every equilibrium" claim that might be vacuous (the goal asserts existence); profiles that omit off-path actions, which would make the supplier's or the retailer's optimality checks vacuous; and price domains restricted to [0,v][0,v][0,v] or to unsaturated markets.

The paper's proofs are in its e-companion, Appendix C (pp. ec21–ec38). Useful contributions include the consumer-stage lemmas (REE uniqueness and its closed form), the global best-response computations, and the threshold inequalities, each a self-contained lemma.

Selected references

  • F. Xu, X. Wang, F. Zhang, Consumer Privacy in Online Retail Supply Chains, Management Science (forthcoming); author manuscript, version of November 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01819
  • X. Su, F. Zhang, Strategic Customer Behavior, Commitment, and Supply Chain Performance, Management Science 54(10), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0886
  • Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (General Data Protection Regulation), Official Journal of the European Union L 119, 2016. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Comparison Between Mean-Variance and Monotone Mean-Variance Preferences Under Jump Diffusion and Stochastic Factor Model: Optimal MMV and MV Utilities Coincide If and Only If Assumption 1 HoldsResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean-variance (MV) preferences, Uθ(X)=E[X]−θ2Var(X)U_\theta(X)=\mathbb E[X]-\frac\theta2\mathrm{Var}(X)Uθ​(X)=E[X]−2θ​Var(X), are the standard objective of portfolio selection since Markowitz. They are not monotone: an investor can prefer a terminal wealth XXX to a wealth X′≥XX'\ge XX′≥X that is larger in every state, because the extra upside raises the variance. Monotone mean-variance (MMV) preferences (Maccheroni, Marinacci, Rustichini and Taboga, 2009) repair this. They are the largest monotone preferences that agree with MV preferences on the domain of monotonicity Gθ={f∈L2:f−E[f]≤1/θ}\mathcal G_\theta=\{f\in\mathcal L^2:f-\mathbb E[f]\le1/\theta\}Gθ​={f∈L2:f−E[f]≤1/θ}.

A natural question is when switching from MV to MMV changes the optimal investment. In continuous-time markets driven only by Brownian motions, the optimal strategies under the two preferences coincide (Trybuła and Zawisza, 2019, for a stochastic factor model; Strub and Li, 2020, for continuous semimartingale markets), and whether this persists with jumps was left open by Trybuła and Zawisza. Li, Liang and Pang study a market whose risky asset also jumps and whose coefficients depend on a stochastic factor. They show that the two problems agree if and only if a pathwise condition on the jumps, Assumption 1, holds.

Setting

On a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) live two independent Brownian motions W1,W2W^1,W^2W1,W2 and an independent Poisson random measure N(ds,dp)N(\mathrm ds,\mathrm dp)N(ds,dp) with finite Lévy measure ν\nuν and compensated measure N~\tilde NN~. The filtration {Ft}\{\mathcal F_t\}{Ft​} is generated by W1,W2,NW^1,W^2,NW1,W2,N. A stochastic factor follows

dZs=a(Zs) ds+b(Zs)(ρW dWs1+ρˉW dWs2),Zt=z,\mathrm dZ_s=a(Z_s)\,\mathrm ds+b(Z_s)(\rho_W\,\mathrm dW^1_s+\bar\rho_W\,\mathrm dW^2_s),\qquad Z_t=z,dZs​=a(Zs​)ds+b(Zs​)(ρW​dWs1​+ρˉ​W​dWs2​),Zt​=z,

with ρW2+ρˉW2=1\rho_W^2+\bar\rho_W^2=1ρW2​+ρˉ​W2​=1. Investing the amount πs\pi_sπs​ in the risky asset gives the (discounted) wealth

dXsπ=πs(μ(Zs)−r) ds+πsσ(Zs) dWs1+πs∫Rγ(Zs,p) N~(ds,dp),Xt=x,\mathrm dX^\pi_s=\pi_s(\mu(Z_s)-r)\,\mathrm ds+\pi_s\sigma(Z_s)\,\mathrm dW^1_s+\pi_s\int_{\mathbb R}\gamma(Z_s,p)\,\tilde N(\mathrm ds,\mathrm dp),\qquad X_t=x,dXsπ​=πs​(μ(Zs​)−r)ds+πs​σ(Zs​)dWs1​+πs​∫R​γ(Zs​,p)N~(ds,dp),Xt​=x,

on [t,T][t,T][t,T], with γ>−1\gamma>-1γ>−1. Write Σ(z)=σ(z)2+∫γ(z,p)2ν(dp)\Sigma(z)=\sigma(z)^2+\int\gamma(z,p)^2\nu(\mathrm dp)Σ(z)=σ(z)2+∫γ(z,p)2ν(dp) and λ(z)=(μ(z)−r)2/Σ(z)\lambda(z)=(\mu(z)-r)^2/\Sigma(z)λ(z)=(μ(z)−r)2/Σ(z).

The MMV preference is

Vθ(X)=inf⁡Q{EQ[X]+12θ(EP[(dQdP)2]−1)}.V_\theta(X)=\inf_{\mathbb Q}\Big\{\mathbb E^{\mathbb Q}[X]+\frac1{2\theta}\Big(\mathbb E^{\mathbb P}\Big[\Big(\frac{\mathrm d\mathbb Q}{\mathrm d\mathbb P}\Big)^2\Big]-1\Big)\Big\}.Vθ​(X)=Qinf​{EQ[X]+2θ1​(EP[(dPdQ​)2]−1)}.

The infimum runs either over the Doléans-Dade measures Qt\mathcal Q^tQt or over all of Q0={Q≪P:E[(dQ/dP)2]<∞}\mathcal Q_0=\{\mathbb Q\ll\mathbb P:\mathbb E[(\mathrm d\mathbb Q/\mathrm d\mathbb P)^2]<\infty\}Q0​={Q≪P:E[(dQ/dP)2]<∞}. A measure in Qt\mathcal Q^tQt has density ET\mathcal E_TET​, where E\mathcal EE is the stochastic exponential of ∫η1dW1+∫η2dW2+∫ ⁣∫ϕ dN~\int\eta_1\mathrm dW^1+\int\eta_2\mathrm dW^2+\int\!\int\phi\,\mathrm d\tilde N∫η1​dW1+∫η2​dW2+∫∫ϕdN~ with ET≥0\mathcal E_T\ge0ET​≥0, E[ET]=1\mathbb E[\mathcal E_T]=1E[ET​]=1 and ET∈L2\mathcal E_T\in L^2ET​∈L2.

The optimal utilities from (x,z,t)(x,z,t)(x,z,t) are suprema over the admissible strategies of the paper's Definitions 2 and 3: predictable π\piπ whose wealth has E[sup⁡s∣Xsπ∣2]<∞\mathbb E[\sup_s|X^\pi_s|^2]<\inftyE[sups​∣Xsπ​∣2]<∞, under P\mathbb PP for MV and under every Q∈Qt\mathbb Q\in\mathcal Q^tQ∈Qt for MMV. Both solutions are expressed through the solution G=−eFG=-e^FG=−eF of the nonlinear parabolic PDE (20),

Gt+α(z)Gz+12b(z)2Gzz−β(z)b(z)2Gz2G+λ(z)G=0,G(z,T)=−1.G_t+\alpha(z)G_z+\tfrac12b(z)^2G_{zz}-\beta(z)b(z)^2\frac{G_z^2}{G}+\lambda(z)G=0,\qquad G(z,T)=-1.Gt​+α(z)Gz​+21​b(z)2Gzz​−β(z)b(z)2GGz2​​+λ(z)G=0,G(z,T)=−1.

Through ζ(z,s)=−(μ(z)−r−σ(z)b(z)ρWGz/G)/Σ(z)\zeta(z,s)=-(\mu(z)-r-\sigma(z)b(z)\rho_WG_z/G)/\Sigma(z)ζ(z,s)=−(μ(z)−r−σ(z)b(z)ρW​Gz​/G)/Σ(z) it also enters Assumption 1. Let τ\tauτ be the first jump time after ttt at which ζ(Zs,s)γ(Zs,ΔLs)=−1\zeta(Z_s,s)\gamma(Z_s,\Delta L_s)=-1ζ(Zs​,s)γ(Zs​,ΔLs​)=−1. Assumption 1 requires ζγ≥−1\zeta\gamma\ge-1ζγ≥−1 at every jump in (t,T](t,T](t,T] up to time τ\tauτ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9

sup⁡π∈Bx,z,tUθ(XTπ)=sup⁡π∈Ax,1/(2θ),z,tVθ(XTπ)  ⟺  Assumption 1 holds at (z,t).\sup_{\pi\in\mathcal B_{x,z,t}}U_\theta(X^\pi_T)=\sup_{\pi\in\mathcal A_{x,1/(2\theta),z,t}}V_\theta(X^\pi_T)\iff\text{Assumption 1 holds at }(z,t).π∈Bx,z,t​sup​Uθ​(XTπ​)=π∈Ax,1/(2θ),z,t​sup​Vθ​(XTπ​)⟺Assumption 1 holds at (z,t).

The same holds when VθV_\thetaVθ​ ranges over Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​ instead of Qt\mathcal Q^tQt.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3 links the market player's density process to the wealth: 2YsG(Zs,s)=Xsπ∗−x+2yG(z,t)2Y_sG(Z_s,s)=X^{\pi^*}_s-x+2yG(z,t)2Ys​G(Zs​,s)=Xsπ∗​−x+2yG(z,t).
  2. Theorem 4 solves the MMV problem: the value is V(x,y,z,t)=−x+G(z,t)yV(x,y,z,t)=-x+G(z,t)yV(x,y,z,t)=−x+G(z,t)y, with an explicit saddle point.
  3. Theorem 6 solves the auxiliary quadratic problem: UD(x,z,t)=−(x−D)2/G(z,t)U_D(x,z,t)=-(x-D)^2/G(z,t)UD​(x,z,t)=−(x−D)2/G(z,t).
  4. Theorem 7 gives the Lagrange multiplier and the optimal target.
  5. (39) gives the optimal MV strategy.
  6. The moment identities E[RT]=E[RT2]=H(z,t)=−1/G(z,t)\mathbb E[R_T]=\mathbb E[R_T^2]=H(z,t)=-1/G(z,t)E[RT​]=E[RT2​]=H(z,t)=−1/G(z,t).
  7. Theorem 8: under Assumption 1 the optimal strategies coincide.
  8. Lemma 4: the optimal MV wealth lies in Gθ\mathcal G_\thetaGθ​ if and only if Assumption 1 holds.
  9. (44)–(45): the mean and variance of the optimal wealth.

Significance

The result separates the two preferences by an observable property of the market. The Brownian theory gives agreement for free. With jumps the MV-optimal wealth can leave Gθ\mathcal G_\thetaGθ​, and that happens exactly when a jump of size ζγ<−1\zeta\gamma<-1ζγ<−1 can occur before the first jump with ζγ=−1\zeta\gamma=-1ζγ=−1. In that case MMV and MV investors hold different portfolios. The paper's §5.4 examines in market data whether Assumption 1 is reasonable. The explicit closed forms (the value −x+G(z,t)y-x+G(z,t)y−x+G(z,t)y, the variance −(G(z,t)+1)/θ2-(G(z,t)+1)/\theta^2−(G(z,t)+1)/θ2 of the optimal wealth, the efficient frontier) are what applied work uses.

The result is proved on paper, in an arXiv preprint later published in Mathematics of Operations Research (2025). None of it is machine-checked. A formal proof would check the verification arguments for a stochastic differential game with jumps, a Feynman–Kac representation with a jump density, and the comparison with Maccheroni et al.'s monotone hull. The paper's own proofs are brief at several of these steps. The underlying infrastructure (Itô calculus with Poisson jumps, Doléans-Dade exponentials, verification theorems) would be reusable for most of continuous-time portfolio theory.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would show Uθ=VθU_\theta=V_\thetaUθ​=Vθ​ along the optimal wealth and conclude. Lemma 4 shows this argument breaks: the optimal MV wealth need not lie in Gθ\mathcal G_\thetaGθ​. Remark 7 also notes that membership in Gθ\mathcal G_\thetaGθ​ alone does not identify the optimal values; both optimal strategies must be found and compared.

Finding them needs a verification theorem for a two-player stochastic differential game with jumps (Theorems 1 and 4). That in turn needs Itô's formula for jump diffusions and martingale properties of Doléans-Dade exponentials that may vanish (Lemma 2, Mémin's criterion). Identifying the two strategies needs the moment identities E[RT]=E[RT2]=H\mathbb E[R_T]=\mathbb E[R_T^2]=HE[RT​]=E[RT2​]=H, which come from a Feynman–Kac argument with a jump-driven density (Lemma 3). The converse direction needs a stopping argument at the first "bad" jump. None of this exists in Mathlib, which has Brownian motion but no stochastic integral and no Poisson process.

Formalization scope

  • Time is [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); every process lives on [t,T][t,T][t,T] with t<Tt<Tt<T, and ∫ts\int_t^s∫ts​ is a difference of integral processes whose integrands vanish before ttt.
  • Brownian integrals are the L2L^2L2 Itô integrals of Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic. The admissible classes A\mathcal AA, B\mathcal BB, Mt\mathcal M^tMt therefore contain only strategies whose Brownian integrands are in L2L^2L2; all strategies used in the paper qualify.
  • The Poisson random measure is JacodTodorov10.LLN.IsFPoisson with ν\nuν finite and ν({0})=0\nu(\{0\})=0ν({0})=0. The compensated integral is the pathwise sum over atoms minus the compensator integral.
  • The filtration is the natural (uncompleted) filtration of (W1,W2,N)(W^1,W^2,N)(W1,W2,N).
  • Processes are adapted with càdlàg paths; Xs−X_{s-}Xs−​ is Mathlib's Function.leftLim. Feedback strategies come with an existence claim, never as bare assumptions.
  • All optimal values are infima/suprema in EReal over the full admissible classes. Measures in Q0\mathcal Q_0Q0​ are probability measures.
  • Mt\mathcal M^tMt is defined by the defining equation (5) of the stochastic exponential. The printed formula (4) has ΔX\Delta XΔX where ΔM\Delta MΔM is meant and is not used.
  • Proposition 1 is not formalized: its hypotheses do not deliver a classical solution. GGG is a hypothesis: G=−eFG=-e^FG=−eF with FFF bounded, C2,1C^{2,1}C2,1 with bounded derivatives, solving (20). The Conditions of Proposition 1 are kept as printed. Σ,λ,β>0\Sigma,\lambda,\beta>0Σ,λ,β>0 is a standing hypothesis (implicit on p. 12).
  • Assumption 1 uses τ\tauτ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (inf⁡∅=∞\inf\emptyset=\inftyinf∅=∞), and "a.s." holds simultaneously for all s∈(t,T]s\in(t,T]s∈(t,T].
  • Printed slips: (37) evaluates Gz/GG_z/GGz​/G at (Zs,t)(Z_s,t)(Zs​,t); it is read at (Zs,s)(Z_s,s)(Zs​,s). Lemma 4's "Equation (1)" means (20)/(21).
  • Divisions by 1−E[RT]1-\mathbb E[R_T]1−E[RT​] and Var[RT]\mathrm{Var}[R_T]Var[RT​] carry the hypotheses E[RT]≠1\mathbb E[R_T]\neq1E[RT​]=1, Var[RT]>0\mathrm{Var}[R_T]>0Var[RT​]>0.

A formalization that replaces either optimal utility by a closed form or by the utility of one fixed strategy is out of scope: it assumes Theorems 4 and 7 and empties the goal. So is one that removes the jumps, freezes the factor, or replaces Assumption 1 by a sufficient condition such as γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0; each of these makes the "only if" vacuous or false. Contributions that build general infrastructure (an Itô formula for jump diffusions, Doléans-Dade exponentials, a Feynman–Kac theorem) are especially welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Li, Z. Liang, L. Pang, Comparison Between Mean-Variance and Monotone Mean-Variance Preferences Under Jump Diffusion and Stochastic Factor Model, arXiv:2211.14473v2, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2211.14473
  • F. Maccheroni, M. Marinacci, A. Rustichini, M. Taboga, Portfolio selection with monotone mean-variance preferences, Mathematical Finance 19(3):487–521, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9965.2009.00376.x
  • J. Trybuła, D. Zawisza, Continuous-time portfolio choice under monotone mean-variance preferences—stochastic factor case, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(3):966–987, 2019 (cited as [Trybuła and Zawisza 2019] in arXiv:2211.14473v2).
  • M. S. Strub, D. Li, A note on monotone mean–variance preferences for continuous processes, Operations Research Letters 48(4):397–400, 2020 (cited as [Strub and Li 2020] in arXiv:2211.14473v2).
  • P. Protter, Stochastic Integration and Differential Equations, 2nd ed., Springer, 2005, ISBN 978-3-662-10061-5.
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryEconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize 2: Under High Follower Turnover the Optimal Policy Is to Stay Authentic ForeverResearch Paper

Motivation

Social-media influencers earn money by endorsing products to their followers. An endorsement of a product that does not fit the audience brings in money today but costs followers, and followers are also what spreads awareness of the influencer to new people. Nistor, Selove and Villas-Boas (Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize, Management Science, 2024) model this trade-off as a deterministic, infinite-horizon, discounted optimal-control problem with a single binary control. In their base model (§3) the optimal policy is to grow first and monetize later: authentic while awareness is small, permanently inauthentic once awareness passes a threshold.

Section 4.2 of the paper asks how this changes when the audience is not permanent: users join and leave the platform, or the influencer covers a topic that interests people only for a while. With follower turnover the influencer never reaches full awareness, and Proposition 3 says that if turnover is fast enough she never monetizes at all. The model gives a testable prediction: influencers on platforms with rapid user turnover, or in product categories with short-lived interest, should stay authentic.

Setting

Time is t∈[0,∞)t \in [0, \infty)t∈[0,∞). There is a unit mass of potential followers, and At∈[0,1]A_t \in [0,1]At​∈[0,1] is the share of them who are aware of the influencer, starting from A0A_0A0​. At each time she is either authentic or inauthentic. Following Table 1 of the paper:

  • authentic: Ft=AtF_t = A_tFt​=At​ followers and instantaneous profit πt=At\pi_t = A_tπt​=At​;
  • inauthentic: Ft=γAtF_t = \gamma A_tFt​=γAt​ followers and profit πt=γφAt\pi_t = \gamma\varphi A_tπt​=γφAt​,

with 0<γ<10 < \gamma < 10<γ<1 and φ>1\varphi > 1φ>1. These are the reduced-form parameters of §3.1: a fraction γ\gammaγ of aware people follow an inauthentic influencer, who earns φ\varphiφ per follower, and authentic profit per follower is normalized to 111. The paper assumes γφ>1\gamma\varphi > 1γφ>1 "for the remainder of the paper", so that being inauthentic pays more today.

Potential followers leave and are replaced at a turnover rate x∈(0,β)x \in (0, \beta)x∈(0,β), and awareness follows equation (6):

dAtdt=βFt(1−At)−xAt,\frac{dA_t}{dt} = \beta F_t (1 - A_t) - x A_t ,dtdAt​​=βFt​(1−At​)−xAt​,

where β>0\beta > 0β>0 is the word-of-mouth rate. Under the always-authentic policy this is the logistic equation dAtdt=At(β−x−βAt)\frac{dA_t}{dt} = A_t(\beta - x - \beta A_t)dtdAt​​=At​(β−x−βAt​), with steady state β−xβ\frac{\beta - x}{\beta}ββ−x​. The influencer maximizes the discounted profit (2), ∫0∞e−rtπt dt\int_0^\infty e^{-rt}\pi_t\,dt∫0∞​e−rtπt​dt, with discount rate r>0r > 0r>0.

In the Lean development (namespace InfluencerAuth.Turnover) a policy is a measurable set S⊆RS \subseteq \mathbb RS⊆R of the times at which she is inauthentic, so S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅ is "always authentic". IsPath β γ x A₀ S A says AAA is an admissible awareness path, discountedProfit γ φ r S A is (2) at time 000, and IsOptimalFrom β γ φ r x A₀ S A says that (S,A)(S, A)(S,A) earns at least as much as every measurable policy with any admissible path from the same A0A_0A0​. authValue β x r is the closed form V‾\overline VV of Lemma 5, and Condition2 γ φ β r x is

(1−γ)xr+β−x>γφ−1.\frac{(1-\gamma)x}{r + \beta - x} > \gamma\varphi - 1 .r+β−x(1−γ)x​>γφ−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 9)

Under the standing assumptions 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, r>0r>0r>0, with 0<x<β0 < x < \beta0<x<β and Condition 2,

∀A0∈(0,β−xβ),∃A,  (∅,A) is optimal from A0.\forall A_0 \in \Bigl(0, \tfrac{\beta - x}{\beta}\Bigr),\quad \exists A,\ \ (\emptyset, A) \text{ is optimal from } A_0 .∀A0​∈(0,ββ−x​),∃A,  (∅,A) is optimal from A0​.

The range of A0A_0A0​ is the paper's set of "all feasible levels of awareness". The statement fixes no constant beyond those of Condition 2.

Milestone: Lemma 5 (p. 9)

For 0<A0<10 < A_0 < 10<A0​<1 and every admissible always-authentic path AAA from A0A_0A0​,

∫0∞e−rtAt dt=V‾(A0)=∫0∞e−rsββ−x+1−A0β/(β−x)A0e−(β−x)s ds.\int_0^\infty e^{-rt} A_t\,dt = \overline V(A_0) = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-rs}}{\frac{\beta}{\beta - x} + \frac{1 - A_0\beta/(\beta - x)}{A_0} e^{-(\beta - x)s}}\,ds .∫0∞​e−rtAt​dt=V(A0​)=∫0∞​β−xβ​+A0​1−A0​β/(β−x)​e−(β−x)se−rs​ds.

Milestone: display (7) (p. 9)

dV‾(A)dA∣A=β−xβ=∫0∞e−(r+β−x)s ds=1r+β−x.\left.\frac{d\overline V(A)}{dA}\right|_{A = \frac{\beta - x}{\beta}} = \int_0^\infty e^{-(r + \beta - x)s}\,ds = \frac{1}{r + \beta - x}.dAdV(A)​​A=ββ−x​​=∫0∞​e−(r+β−x)sds=r+β−x1​.

Significance

Proposition 3 is the paper's result on when the grow-then-monetize pattern of the base model breaks down. Without turnover the influencer always monetizes once she is large enough (Proposition 1, §3). With turnover there is a whole parameter region, given by Condition 2, where monetizing is never optimal. The condition compares the extra current profit from being inauthentic, γφ−1\gamma\varphi - 1γφ−1, with the awareness lost by being inauthentic, (1−γ)x(1-\gamma)x(1−γ)x, valued at the marginal value of awareness at the steady state, 1/(r+β−x)1/(r+\beta-x)1/(r+β−x) from (7).

The proofs are in an online appendix that is not part of the published article, and this result has no machine-checked proof. The mission provides a precise statement of the control problem: optimality over every measurable switching pattern, with the dynamics in integral form. It also gives the closed-form always-authentic value and its derivative as separate targets. A complete development would be one of the first formal optimality proofs for an infinite-horizon, discounted, continuous-time deterministic control problem.

Difficulty

Optimality is claimed against every measurable policy, not only against constant or threshold policies. The natural argument is a verification theorem: show that V‾\overline VV satisfies the Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman inequality on the feasible range, then integrate along an arbitrary competitor path. Condition 2 is stated only at the steady state (β−x)/β(\beta-x)/\beta(β−x)/β, where (7) gives the marginal value of awareness. At a lower awareness level the inequality comparing the two actions involves V‾′(A)\overline V'(A)V′(A) at that level, so it does not follow from Condition 2 alone; it needs control of V‾′\overline V'V′ on the whole interval. A competitor path may also switch infinitely often, so its awareness is only absolutely continuous, and the comparison must work almost everywhere. Above the steady state the always-authentic policy is in general not optimal, so any argument must use the restriction A0<(β−x)/βA_0 < (\beta - x)/\betaA0​<(β−x)/β.

Formalization scope

  • Policies and dynamics. A policy is a measurable Set ℝ. An admissible path is continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), starts at A0A_0A0​, stays in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and satisfies At=A0+∫0t(βfS(s)As(1−As)−xAs) dsA_t = A_0 + \int_0^t (\beta f_S(s) A_s(1-A_s) - xA_s)\,dsAt​=A0​+∫0t​(βfS​(s)As​(1−As​)−xAs​)ds for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, with fS=γf_S = \gammafS​=γ on SSS and 111 off SSS. This is the Carathéodory form of (6). A derivative everywhere is not required, because that would exclude every switching policy. The clause At∈[0,1]A_t\in[0,1]At​∈[0,1] follows from the equation and is stated to make integrability explicit.
  • Objective. discountedProfit is ∫(0,∞)e−rtpS(t)At dt\int_{(0,\infty)} e^{-rt} p_S(t) A_t\,dt∫(0,∞)​e−rtpS​(t)At​dt with pS=γφp_S = \gamma\varphipS​=γφ on SSS and 111 off SSS; the paper's value from time ttt is the same object after the shift s=u−ts = u - ts=u−t. No optimal value is defined as a real supremum; optimality is a comparison with every competitor.
  • Hypotheses. The goal carries every standing assumption of the paper: 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, φ>1\varphi>1φ>1, γφ>1\gamma\varphi>1γφ>1, β>0\beta>0β>0, 0<x<β0<x<\beta0<x<β. It also assumes r>0r>0r>0, which is how "discount rate rrr" is read and which makes (2) finite. The milestones drop γ\gammaγ, φ\varphiφ and their assumptions, which the always-authentic value does not involve.
  • No trivialization. The goal produces the optimal path existentially, so it cannot hold for lack of an admissible path. The competitor class is nonempty (the logistic solution is admissible), and every competitor's profit is the integral of a bounded measurable function, so no competitor collapses to the junk value 000. Widening A0A_0A0​ to (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) would make the statement false, not stronger.
  • Infrastructure. The development needs the explicit logistic solution with turnover, differentiation under the integral sign for V‾\overline VV, and a comparison or verification argument for scalar ODEs with measurable coefficients. The verification lemma for discounted bang-bang control of a one-dimensional state is reusable for chunk 1 of this series and for similar marketing-diffusion models. Proofs of either milestone, a sanity proof that the logistic path is admissible, and the verification argument are all welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • C. Nistor, M. Selove, J. M. Villas-Boas, Influencer Authenticity: To Grow or to Monetize, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.03479
  • F. M. Bass, A New Product Growth for Model Consumer Durables, Management Science 15(5), 1969, 215–227. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.5.215
  • W. H. Fleming, R. W. Rishel, Deterministic and Stochastic Optimal Control, Springer, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-6380-7
5 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Scores for Multivariate Distributions and Level Sets I: The L² Scoring Rules S and S′ Are Proper, With Divergence the h-Weighted L² Distance Between f_X ∗ w and f_Y ∗ wResearch Paper

Why scoring rules for multivariate distributions

A probabilistic forecast issues a whole distribution PXP_XPX​ for an uncertain quantity Y∈RdY\in\mathbb R^dY∈Rd rather than a single number: wind and wave heights at several sites, demand for several products, the joint returns of several assets. Forecasts of this kind are compared and estimated with a scoring rule S(PX,y)S(P_X,y)S(PX​,y), a number assigned to the forecast once the realization yyy is observed. A scoring rule is proper if a forecaster who knows the true distribution PYP_YPY​ minimizes the expected score by reporting it, and strictly proper if PYP_YPY​ is the only minimizer (Gneiting and Raftery 2007). Properness is what makes a score usable for model ranking and for M-estimation: an improper score rewards systematic misreporting.

For univariate distributions the continuous ranked probability score (CRPS) and the quadratic score are standard. In several dimensions the choices are thinner: the quadratic score needs a density and is sensitive to its spikes, and the energy score and the multivariate CRPS (MCRPS) were treated as separate constructions. Meng, Taylor, Ben Taieb and Li (arXiv:2002.09578v6, Operations Research, 2025) give one family, the L² scoring rules, which contains the quadratic score, the CRPS and the MCRPS as special cases and produces new ones, such as a score based on lower partial moments. Their Theorem 1 says these rules are proper. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

Work on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with Lebesgue measure Ld\mathcal L^dLd and the componentwise order. A distribution is a probability measure PPP on Rd\mathbb R^dRd; the paper writes it through a generalized density fPf_PfP​ (a PDF, a PMF or a mixture), and every integral ∫g(s)fP(s) ds\int g(s)f_P(s)\,ds∫g(s)fP​(s)ds below is ∫g dP\int g\,dP∫gdP. The forecasts range over a class Vd\mathcal V^dVd of distributions.

Fix a kernel w:Rd→Rw:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rw:Rd→R and a weight h≥0h\ge0h≥0 that is integrable. The smoothed density of PPP is the convolution

(fP∗w)(z)=∫Rdw(z−s) dP(s).(f_P*w)(z)=\int_{\mathbb R^d} w(z-s)\,dP(s).(fP​∗w)(z)=∫Rd​w(z−s)dP(s).

For the Heaviside kernel u(z)=1{z≥0}u(z)=\mathbb 1\{z\ge0\}u(z)=1{z≥0} it is the CDF FP(z)=P{s≤z}F_P(z)=P\{s\le z\}FP​(z)=P{s≤z}.

The two L² scoring rules are, for a forecast PXP_XPX​ and a realization yyy,

S(PX,y;w,h)=∫Rd((fX∗w)(z)−w(z−y))2h(z) dz(2)S(P_X,y;w,h)=\int_{\mathbb R^d}\big((f_X*w)(z)-w(z-y)\big)^2h(z)\,dz \qquad (2)S(PX​,y;w,h)=∫Rd​((fX​∗w)(z)−w(z−y))2h(z)dz(2) S′(PX,y;w,h)=∫Rd(fX∗w)2(z)h(z) dz−2∫Rd(fX∗w)(z) w(z−y) h(z) dz.(3)S'(P_X,y;w,h)=\int_{\mathbb R^d}(f_X*w)^2(z)h(z)\,dz-2\int_{\mathbb R^d}(f_X*w)(z)\,w(z-y)\,h(z)\,dz. \qquad (3)S′(PX​,y;w,h)=∫Rd​(fX​∗w)2(z)h(z)dz−2∫Rd​(fX​∗w)(z)w(z−y)h(z)dz.(3)

The realization yyy is treated as a point mass, whose convolution with www is w(⋅−y)w(\cdot-y)w(⋅−y). The divergence of a score is EPY[S(PX,∙)]−EPY[S(PY,∙)]\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_X,\bullet)]-\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_Y,\bullet)]EPY​​[S(PX​,∙)]−EPY​​[S(PY​,∙)], and the paper's candidate is the weighted L² distance between smoothed densities,

∫Rd((fX∗w)(z)−(fY∗w)(z))2h(z) dz.(1)\int_{\mathbb R^d}\big((f_X*w)(z)-(f_Y*w)(z)\big)^2h(z)\,dz. \qquad (1)∫Rd​((fX​∗w)(z)−(fY​∗w)(z))2h(z)dz.(1)

Assumption 1 (p. 32) collects the integrability under which all these integrals are finite.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 8)

Under Assumption 1, for all PX,PY∈VdP_X,P_Y\in\mathcal V^dPX​,PY​∈Vd,

EPY[S(PX,∙)]−EPY[S(PY,∙)]=EPY[S′(PX,∙)]−EPY[S′(PY,∙)]=∫(fX∗w−fY∗w)2h dz ≥0,\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_X,\bullet)]-\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S(P_Y,\bullet)]=\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S'(P_X,\bullet)]-\mathbb E_{P_Y}[S'(P_Y,\bullet)]=\int\big(f_X*w-f_Y*w\big)^2h\,dz\ \ge 0,EPY​​[S(PX​,∙)]−EPY​​[S(PY​,∙)]=EPY​​[S′(PX​,∙)]−EPY​​[S′(PY​,∙)]=∫(fX​∗w−fY​∗w)2hdz ≥0,

so both rules are proper. If in addition h≠0h\ne0h=0 Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e. and fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w determines PYP_YPY​ within Vd\mathcal V^dVd, both are strictly proper. The goal fixes no kernel and no weight: it holds for every pair (w,h)(w,h)(w,h) meeting the assumption.

Milestones

  1. The relation between (2) and (3): S=S′+∫w2(z−y)h(z) dzS=S'+\int w^2(z-y)h(z)\,dzS=S′+∫w2(z−y)h(z)dz, a term that does not depend on the forecast (p. 8).
  2. The Fubini step of the proof: ∫ ⁣∫g(z)w(z−s)h(z) dz dPY(s)=∫g (fY∗w) h dz\int\!\int g(z)w(z-s)h(z)\,dz\,dP_Y(s)=\int g\,(f_Y*w)\,h\,dz∫∫g(z)w(z−s)h(z)dzdPY​(s)=∫g(fY​∗w)hdz (p. 32).
  3. The divergence display: the divergence of (2) equals (1) and is nonnegative (p. 32).
  4. The strict step: a vanishing divergence with h≠0h\ne0h=0 a.e. forces fX∗w=fY∗wf_X*w=f_Y*wfX​∗w=fY​∗w a.e. (p. 32).
  5. MCRPS (5) and MCRPS′ (6) are strictly proper for all distributions when h≠0h\ne0h=0 a.e. (p. 11).
  6. Lower partial moments of any order kkk determine the distribution (Appendix, p. 34).

Significance

Theorem 1 is the paper's justification for its whole family of scores. With w=uw=uw=u it shows that the MCRPS is proper; with www the kernel of lower partial moments it shows that a new LPM score is proper; and in Section 4 of the paper the same smoothed densities fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w define the level sets whose scoring functions are the subject of the companion mission (Mission II of this series). Strict properness reduces to one question about the kernel: whether fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w determines PYP_YPY​. Milestones 5 and 6 answer it for the CDF and for lower partial moments.

The result is proved in the paper (appendix, pp. 32 and 34). To our knowledge none of it is formalized: Mathlib has no scoring rules, and the platform has no proper scoring rule for distributions, no multivariate CRPS and no lower partial moment. The formalization adds the integrability bookkeeping the paper leaves implicit, a machine-checked uniqueness theorem for the multivariate CDF (Mathlib's ext_of_Iic covers linear orders only, i.e. d=1d=1d=1), and the same for lower partial moments.

Difficulty

The algebraic core of Theorem 1 is the expansion of a square, and the obvious argument is the paper's. The cost lies elsewhere. Every expectation is an iterated integral of a function of (s,z)(s,z)(s,z), and exchanging the order (Fubini) and splitting an integral of a difference require the integrability that Assumption 1 states only as "then (2) is well-defined and finite". The proof also uses ∫dPY=1\int dP_Y=1∫dPY​=1 when it integrates the yyy-free terms against PYP_YPY​.

For the companions the obstacle is measure-theoretic. An a.e. equality of multivariate CDFs must first be upgraded to equality everywhere, by right-continuity in each coordinate, and then measures that agree on lower orthants must be shown equal, a π-system argument in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. For lower partial moments the paper differentiates kkk times under the integral; a rigorous version has to control the finiteness of the lower-order moments.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with its product Lebesgue measure volume and the Pi order, so y≤zy\le zy≤z is componentwise and lower orthants are Set.Iic z. ddd is any natural number; at d=0d=0d=0 the strict clauses are vacuous, as in the paper.
  • Distributions are measures with IsProbabilityMeasure; the class Vd\mathcal V^dVd is a set of such measures. Its convexity (§2) is never used and is not imposed.
  • Standing assumptions. The kernel www is a measurable function. The paper also allows a local Borel measure, so that w=δ0w=\delta_0w=δ0​ gives the quadratic score (4); that case is not covered. hhh is measurable, nonnegative and integrable, not normalized to a density.
  • Assumption 1 made explicit. Its clauses (b) and (c) are formalized as integrability hypotheses, each labelled with its clause: (fY∗w)2h(f_Y*w)^2h(fY​∗w)2h and w(⋅−y)2hw(\cdot-y)^2hw(⋅−y)2h integrable; (s,z)↦w(z−s)2h(z)(s,z)\mapsto w(z-s)^2h(z)(s,z)↦w(z−s)2h(z) integrable for PY⊗LdP_Y\otimes\mathcal L^dPY​⊗Ld; (fX∗w) w(⋅−y) h(f_X*w)\,w(\cdot-y)\,h(fX​∗w)w(⋅−y)h integrable; and (s,z)↦(fX∗w)(z) w(z−s) h(z)(s,z)\mapsto(f_X*w)(z)\,w(z-s)\,h(z)(s,z)↦(fX​∗w)(z)w(z−s)h(z) integrable for PY⊗LdP_Y\otimes\mathcal L^dPY​⊗Ld. Clause (a) adds that fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w is well defined.
  • "fX∗w=fY∗wf_X*w=f_Y*wfX​∗w=fY​∗w" is an Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e. equality. "fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w uniquely characterizes any PY∈VdP_Y\in\mathcal V^dPY​∈Vd" is a property of the whole class Vd\mathcal V^dVd, not of the pair at hand. "hhh nonzero Ld\mathcal L^dLd-a.e." is used with the paper's quantifier. The theorem's printed "fy∗wf_{\mathbf y}*wfy​∗w" is read as fY∗wf_Y*wfY​∗w.
  • Lower partial moments are defined from the explicit kernel printed in (7), ∏j(zj−sj)k1{zj≥sj}/k!\prod_j (z_j-s_j)^k\mathbb 1\{z_j\ge s_j\}/k!∏j​(zj​−sj​)k1{zj​≥sj​}/k!, for k∈Nk\in\mathbb Nk∈N, not as a convolution power of uuu. Milestone 6 states equality of the LPMs implying PX=PYP_X=P_YPX​=PY​, the claim of its opening sentence.
  • Ruling out trivial readings. A Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000 in Lean, so every expectation in every statement carries the integrability that makes it the paper's integral. Without it, properness could hold because both sides are 000. The characterization hypothesis is never assumed for the pair (PX,PY)(P_X,P_Y)(PX​,PY​) alone.
  • Needed infrastructure: product-measure Fubini (integral_integral_swap), integrability of products and squares, and uniqueness of measures from a generating π-system. A general lemma "a multivariate CDF determines its measure" would be reusable well beyond this mission and is welcome as a separate contribution.

Selected references

  • X. Meng, J. W. Taylor, S. Ben Taieb, S. Li, Scores for Multivariate Distributions and Level Sets, Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2002.09578v6, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.09578v6
  • T. Gneiting, A. E. Raftery, Strictly Proper Scoring Rules, Prediction, and Estimation, Journal of the American Statistical Association 102(477), 359–378, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1198/016214506000000437
  • T. Gneiting, R. Ranjan, Comparing Density Forecasts Using Threshold- and Quantile-Weighted Scoring Rules, Journal of Business & Economic Statistics 29(3), 411–422, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1198/jbes.2010.08110
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Actuarial ScienceProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Lambda Value-at-Risk under Ambiguity and Risk Sharing II: The Inf-Convolution of ΛVaRs under Continuous Capacities Is Induced by a Family of Downsets, and Is Itself a ΛVaR When Every Λ IncreasesResearch Paper

Motivation

Risk sharing asks how a total loss XXX should be split among nnn agents, each of whom evaluates its share with its own risk measure, so that the sum of their assessments is as small as possible. The smallest achievable sum is the inf-convolution of the agents' risk measures, and an allocation that attains it is an optimal allocation. For Value-at-Risk, the risk measure of the Basel framework, this problem was solved by Embrechts, Liu and Wang (2018) and extended to agents with heterogeneous beliefs by Embrechts, Liu, Mao and Wang (2020).

Lambda Value-at-Risk (ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR), introduced by Frittelli, Maggis and Peri (2014), replaces the fixed confidence level of VaR by a function Λ\LambdaΛ of the loss threshold, so that the tolerated exceedance probability may depend on the size of the loss. Liu and Schied (2025) study ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR when probabilities are replaced by capacities, which model ambiguity about the underlying distribution: a capacity can be the upper envelope of a family of probability measures. Their Section 5.1 answers the question of what the inf-convolution of such risk measures is, which earlier work had settled for constant Λ\LambdaΛ under capacities (Choquet quantiles, Liu, Mao and Wang 2024) and for ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR under probability measures (Liu 2025; Liu, Tsanakas and Wei 2025).

Setting

(Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F) is a measurable space and X\mathcal XX a set of random variables containing every bounded one. A capacity is a map w:F→[0,1]w:\mathcal F\to[0,1]w:F→[0,1] that is increasing for inclusion with w(∅)=0w(\emptyset)=0w(∅)=0 and w(Ω)=1w(\Omega)=1w(Ω)=1; it is continuous if w(An)→0w(A_n)\to0w(An​)→0 whenever An↓∅A_n\downarrow\emptysetAn​↓∅. For a function Λ:R→(0,1)\Lambda:\mathbb R\to(0,1)Λ:R→(0,1) (the class H\mathcal HH; increasing members form HI\mathcal H_IHI​) and a capacity www,

ΛVaRw(X)=inf⁡{x∈R: w(X>x)≤Λ(x)},inf⁡∅=+∞,\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^w(X)=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R:\ w(X>x)\le\Lambda(x)\},\qquad\inf\emptyset=+\infty,ΛVaRw(X)=inf{x∈R: w(X>x)≤Λ(x)},inf∅=+∞,

a value in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞]. HI∗\mathcal H^*_IHI∗​ (HD∗\mathcal H^*_DHD∗​) denotes the increasing (decreasing) functions R→(0,1]\mathbb R\to(0,1]R→(0,1].

The allocations of XXX are An(X)={(X1,…,Xn)∈Xn:∑iXi=X}\mathbb A_n(X)=\{(X_1,\dots,X_n)\in\mathcal X^n:\sum_iX_i=X\}An​(X)={(X1​,…,Xn​)∈Xn:∑i​Xi​=X}, and the inf-convolution of ρ1,…,ρn\rho_1,\dots,\rho_nρ1​,…,ρn​ is

□i=1nρi(X)=inf⁡{∑i=1nρi(Xi):(X1,…,Xn)∈An(X)}.\mathop{\square}_{i=1}^n\rho_i(X)=\inf\Big\{\sum_{i=1}^n\rho_i(X_i):(X_1,\dots,X_n)\in\mathbb A_n(X)\Big\}.□i=1n​ρi​(X)=inf{i=1∑n​ρi​(Xi​):(X1​,…,Xn​)∈An​(X)}.

A downset is a collection A⊆F\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal FA⊆F containing ∅\emptyset∅ and closed under taking measurable subsets. A family {Ax}x∈R\{\mathcal A_x\}_{x\in\mathbb R}{Ax​}x∈R​ of downsets induces the risk measure ρ(X)=inf⁡{x:{X>x}∈Ax}\rho(X)=\inf\{x:\{X>x\}\in\mathcal A_x\}ρ(X)=inf{x:{X>x}∈Ax​}. For Λ=(Λ1,…,Λn)\boldsymbol\Lambda=(\Lambda_1,\dots,\Lambda_n)Λ=(Λ1​,…,Λn​) and w=(w1,…,wn)\mathbf w=(w_1,\dots,w_n)w=(w1​,…,wn​) the paper defines

AxΛ,w={⋃i=1nAi: wi(Ai)≤Λi(yi), i∈[n], ∑iyi=x},\mathcal A^{\boldsymbol\Lambda,\mathbf w}_x=\Big\{\bigcup_{i=1}^nA_i:\ w_i(A_i)\le\Lambda_i(y_i),\ i\in[n],\ \textstyle\sum_iy_i=x\Big\},AxΛ,w​={i=1⋃n​Ai​: wi​(Ai​)≤Λi​(yi​), i∈[n], ∑i​yi​=x},

and Πn(Ω)\Pi_n(\Omega)Πn​(Ω) denotes the measurable partitions of Ω\OmegaΩ into nnn (possibly empty) parts.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 8

For Λi∈H\Lambda_i\in\mathcal HΛi​∈H with λi−=inf⁡Λi>0\lambda^-_i=\inf\Lambda_i>0λi−​=infΛi​>0 and continuous capacities w1,…,wnw_1,\dots,w_nw1​,…,wn​:

□i=1nΛiVaRwi(X)=inf⁡{x∈R:{X>x}∈AxΛ,w};\mathop{\square}_{i=1}^n\Lambda_i\mathrm{VaR}^{w_i}(X)=\inf\{x\in\mathbb R:\{X>x\}\in\mathcal A^{\boldsymbol\Lambda,\mathbf w}_x\};□i=1n​Λi​VaRwi​(X)=inf{x∈R:{X>x}∈AxΛ,w​};

if this infimum is attained at x∗x^*x∗, then Xi=(X−x∗)1Ai∗+yi∗X_i=(X-x^*)\mathbb 1_{A^*_i}+y^*_iXi​=(X−x∗)1Ai∗​​+yi∗​ is optimal for every (yi∗)(y^*_i)(yi∗​) with ∑iyi∗=x∗\sum_iy^*_i=x^*∑i​yi∗​=x∗ and (Ai∗)∈Πn(Ω)(A^*_i)\in\Pi_n(\Omega)(Ai∗​)∈Πn​(Ω) with wi({X>x∗}∩Ai∗)≤Λi(yi∗)w_i(\{X>x^*\}\cap A^*_i)\le\Lambda_i(y^*_i)wi​({X>x∗}∩Ai∗​)≤Λi​(yi∗​) (and such data exist); and if all Λi\Lambda_iΛi​ are increasing, the inf-convolution equals ΛVaRw\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^wΛVaRw for some Λ∈HI∗\Lambda\in\mathcal H^*_IΛ∈HI∗​ and capacity www.

Milestones

  • Remark 1: under a continuous capacity, ΛVaRw(X)<∞\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^w(X)<\inftyΛVaRw(X)<∞ when inf⁡Λ>0\inf\Lambda>0infΛ>0 or Λ∈HI\Lambda\in\mathcal H_IΛ∈HI​.
  • Theorem 3 (7): for risk measures ρi\rho_iρi​ induced by families of downsets {Ax(i)}\{\mathcal A^{(i)}_x\}{Ax(i)​} with values in [−∞,∞)[-\infty,\infty)[−∞,∞), □ρi(X)=inf⁡{x:{X>x}∈A~x}\mathop{\square}\rho_i(X)=\inf\{x:\{X>x\}\in\widetilde{\mathcal A}_x\}□ρi​(X)=inf{x:{X>x}∈Ax​}, where A~x=⋃y1+⋯+yn=x{⋃iAi:Ai∈Ayi(i)}\widetilde{\mathcal A}_x=\bigcup_{y_1+\dots+y_n=x}\{\bigcup_iA_i:A_i\in\mathcal A^{(i)}_{y_i}\}Ax​=⋃y1​+⋯+yn​=x​{⋃i​Ai​:Ai​∈Ayi​(i)​}.
  • Theorem 3 (8): a minimizer of (7) yields the optimal allocation (X−x∗)1Ai∗+yi∗(X-x^*)\mathbb 1_{A^*_i}+y^*_i(X−x∗)1Ai∗​​+yi∗​.
  • Theorem 3, monotonicity: {A~x}\{\widetilde{\mathcal A}_x\}{Ax​} is increasing (decreasing) when all input families are.
  • Theorem 1 (i): ρ\rhoρ is a ΛVaRw\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^wΛVaRw with Λ∈HI∗\Lambda\in\mathcal H^*_IΛ∈HI∗​ iff it is induced by an increasing family of downsets.
  • Theorem 1 (ii): the decreasing, left-continuous counterpart.

Significance

Proposition 8 shows that risk measures of ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR type, under possibly different capacities for different agents, are closed under inf-convolution when all Λi\Lambda_iΛi​ increase, and it gives explicit optimal allocations: each agent pays a fixed amount yi∗y^*_iyi∗​ and carries the excess X−x∗X-x^*X−x∗ on one cell of a partition. It contains as special cases the inf-convolution of VaR (Embrechts et al. 2018), of VaR with heterogeneous beliefs (Embrechts et al. 2020) and of Choquet quantiles (Liu, Mao and Wang 2024). Via the paper's Corollary 4 it yields risk sharing for robust ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR over sets of probability measures.

The result is proved in the preprint; it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization adds a verified account of the extended-real bookkeeping that the paper leaves implicit, and it pins down which printed claims hold: two claims in the preprint are false (see Formalization scope), which a formal development has to avoid.

Difficulty

The individual risk measures are not real-valued: ΛiVaRwi\Lambda_i\mathrm{VaR}^{w_i}Λi​VaRwi​ can be −∞-\infty−∞, and without the finiteness of Remark 1 it can be +∞+\infty+∞, in which case a sum over agents is meaningless. Every step of (9) therefore has to be carried out in the extended reals, and the identity has to hold in the degenerate cases (an empty or unbounded threshold set) as well as the generic one. Capacities are neither additive nor continuous from above in general, so the familiar quantile arguments for probability measures do not transfer.

The last claim of the goal is not a consequence of (9) alone: it needs the representation Theorem 1 (i), whose converse direction must produce a Λ\LambdaΛ and a capacity from an abstract increasing family of downsets, including degenerate families in which Ω\OmegaΩ itself is eventually admissible or no nonempty event ever is. The natural first idea, that the decreasing case is symmetric, fails: the convolved family of downsets need not be left-continuous, and the decreasing analogue of the claim is false.

Formalization scope

Lean namespace LambdaVaRAmb.InfConv. Random variables are measurable maps Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R; the domain X\mathcal XX is any set of functions that contains all bounded measurable functions, consists of measurable functions, and is closed under X↦(X−c)1A+dX\mapsto(X-c)\mathbb 1_A+dX↦(X−c)1A​+d and under X↦f(X)X\mapsto f(X)X↦f(X) for increasing 1-Lipschitz fff with f(0)=0f(0)=0f(0)=0. This is the disclosed reading of the paper's "good enough properties"; bounded and all measurable functions both qualify. Capacities are real set functions whose axioms are imposed on measurable sets. ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR, induced risk measures and the inf-convolution are valued in EReal, with inf⁡∅=+∞\inf\emptyset=+\inftyinf∅=+∞. Agents are indexed by Fin n with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 (implicit in the paper). "Increasing" is Monotone; left-continuity of Λ\LambdaΛ is continuity within (−∞,x](-\infty,x](−∞,x]; "admits a minimizer" is attainment of the infimum (IsLeast).

Not posed, because false: the claim of Theorem 3 that {A~x}\{\widetilde{\mathcal A}_x\}{Ax​} is left-continuous when all input families decrease, and the decreasing branch of Proposition 8. With w1=w2w_1=w_2w1​=w2​ Lebesgue measure on [0,1][0,1][0,1], Λ1\Lambda_1Λ1​ equal to 0.40.40.4 on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0) and 0.10.10.1 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and Λ2(y)=0.1+0.4/(1+ey)\Lambda_2(y)=0.1+0.4/(1+e^y)Λ2​(y)=0.1+0.4/(1+ey), the convolved family is not left-continuous and the inf-convolution is not a ΛVaRw\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}^wΛVaRw with decreasing Λ\LambdaΛ. The goal states the increasing branch only.

Trivializing encodings are ruled out: infima are taken in EReal (a real sInf would collapse unbounded sets to 000); the finiteness hypothesis of Theorem 3 keeps +∞+\infty+∞ and −∞-\infty−∞ out of the sums; the domain X\mathcal XX is constrained so that the tail allocations lie in it; downsets consist of events; the allocation clause comes with an existence clause so that it cannot hold vacuously; and the representing pair (Λ,w)(\Lambda,w)(Λ,w) is chosen uniformly in XXX. Sanity checks (not part of the mission) confirm that the hypotheses of Proposition 8 are satisfiable and that ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR of a constant is that constant.

Contributions welcome: Remark 1 and the monotonicity milestone are short and independent; Theorem 3 is reusable for any risk measure induced by downsets; Theorem 1 is a general representation result for ΛVaR\Lambda\mathrm{VaR}ΛVaR under capacities.

Selected references

  • P. Liu and A. Schied, Lambda Value-at-Risk under ambiguity and risk sharing, arXiv preprint, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2511.00717v1
  • M. Frittelli, M. Maggis and I. Peri, Risk measures on P(R)\mathcal P(\mathbb R)P(R) and Value at Risk with probability/loss function, Mathematical Finance 24(3), 442–463, 2014.
  • P. Embrechts, H. Liu and R. Wang, Quantile-based risk sharing, Operations Research 66(4), 936–949, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2017.1716
  • P. Embrechts, H. Liu, T. Mao and R. Wang, Quantile-based risk sharing with heterogeneous beliefs, Mathematical Programming Series B 181(2), 319–347, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-1313-1
  • P. Liu, Risk sharing with Lambda value at risk, Mathematics of Operations Research 50(1), 313–333, 2025.
  • P. Liu, T. Mao and R. Wang, Quantiles under ambiguity and risk sharing, arXiv preprint, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2412.19546v1
  • P. Liu, A. Tsanakas and Y. Wei, Risk sharing with Lambda Value-at-Risk under heterogeneous beliefs, Finance and Stochastics, forthcoming. https://arxiv.org/abs/2408.03147
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection 3: The Explore-First Greedy Procedure Is Consistent with a Budget Linear in kResearch Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection (R&S) asks which of kkk simulated systems has the largest mean performance when every observation is costly. It is a basic tool of simulation optimization: choosing a staffing level, an inventory policy or a network design from a large catalogue of candidates that can only be evaluated by noisy simulation. In the fixed-budget formulation a total of BBB observations is spent sequentially and one alternative is selected at the end; procedures are compared by their probability of correct selection (PCS).

Cloud and parallel computing have made problems with thousands to millions of alternatives routine, and the relevant question is how the budget must grow with kkk. A procedure is sample optimal if a budget B=ckB = ckB=ck, linear in kkk, keeps its PCS bounded away from zero as k→∞k \to \inftyk→∞; a total budget of order kkk is clearly necessary. Li, Fan and Hong (arXiv:2303.02951) show that the simplest procedure of all, the greedy procedure, which always samples the alternative with the largest current sample mean, is sample optimal. They also show that its PCS limit is strictly below one under the slippage configuration, however large ccc is: the greedy procedure is not consistent. This mission formalizes the remedy: an exploration phase of n0n_0n0​ observations per alternative before the greedy phase makes the procedure consistent.

Setting

There are kkk alternatives. Alternative iii produces independent observations Xi1,Xi2,⋯∼N(μi,σi2)X_{i1}, X_{i2}, \dots \sim N(\mu_i, \sigma_i^2)Xi1​,Xi2​,⋯∼N(μi​,σi2​), independent across alternatives, and alternative 1 is the unique best. The running average after nnn observations is Xˉi(n)=1n∑j=1nXij\bar X_i(n) = \frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n X_{ij}Xˉi​(n)=n1​∑j=1n​Xij​.

Assumption 1 (p. 12). There are constants γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 and σˉ2>0\bar\sigma^2 > 0σˉ2>0 such that μ1−max⁡i≥2μi≥γ\mu_1 - \max_{i \ge 2}\mu_i \ge \gammaμ1​−maxi≥2​μi​≥γ and max⁡iσi2≤σˉ2\max_i \sigma_i^2 \le \bar\sigma^2maxi​σi2​≤σˉ2, regardless of how large kkk is.

The explore-first greedy (EFG) procedure (Procedure 2, p. 21) with exploration size n0n_0n0​ and budget BBB:

  1. take n0n_0n0​ observations from every alternative, and set ni=n0n_i = n_0ni​=n0​;
  2. while ∑ini<B\sum_i n_i < B∑i​ni​<B, take one more observation from arg⁡max⁡iXˉi(ni)\arg\max_i \bar X_i(n_i)argmaxi​Xˉi​(ni​);
  3. select arg⁡max⁡iXˉi(ni)\arg\max_i \bar X_i(n_i)argmaxi​Xˉi​(ni​).

With B=ckB = ckB=ck the exploration phase uses n0kn_0 kn0​k observations and the greedy phase ngkn_g kng​k, where ng=c−n0n_g = c - n_0ng​=c−n0​. The greedy procedure is the case n0=1n_0 = 1n0​=1.

Crossing times. Let Z1,Z2,…Z_1, Z_2, \dotsZ1​,Z2​,… be iid standard normal, Zˉ(n)=1n∑j=1nZj\bar Z(n) = \frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n Z_jZˉ(n)=n1​∑j=1n​Zj​, and

N~(x;n0)=inf⁡{n≥n0:Zˉ(n)<x},C(x;n0)=E[N~(x;n0)]∈[0,∞],\tilde N(x; n_0) = \inf\{n \ge n_0 : \bar Z(n) < x\}, \qquad C(x; n_0) = \mathrm E\big[\tilde N(x; n_0)\big] \in [0, \infty],N~(x;n0​)=inf{n≥n0​:Zˉ(n)<x},C(x;n0​)=E[N~(x;n0​)]∈[0,∞],

with inf⁡∅=∞\inf \emptyset = \inftyinf∅=∞. C(⋅ ;n0)C(\cdot\,; n_0)C(⋅;n0​) is finite exactly on (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞), where it is strictly decreasing and continuous.

Consistency (Definition 2, p. 21): A sample-optimal fixed-budget R&S procedure is consistent if the PCS of the procedure satisfies that, for any α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1), there exists a constant c>0c>0c>0 such that lim inf⁡k→∞PCS≥α\liminf_{k\to\infty} \mathrm{PCS} \ge \alphaliminfk→∞​PCS≥α, for B=ckB = ckB=ck.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 24)

Suppose Assumption 1 holds. Let α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) and γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ). Let n0≥1n_0 \ge 1n0​≥1 satisfy

Pr⁡{min⁡n≥n0Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}≥α(5.3)\Pr\Big\{\min_{n \ge n_0} \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\Big\} \ge \alpha \tag{5.3}Pr{n≥n0​min​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}≥α(5.3)

and let ng≥C(γ−γ0σˉ;n0)−n0n_g \ge C\big(\tfrac{\gamma - \gamma_0}{\bar\sigma}; n_0\big) - n_0ng​≥C(σˉγ−γ0​​;n0​)−n0​. If B=(n0+ng)kB = (n_0 + n_g)kB=(n0​+ng​)k, then the PCS of the EFG procedure satisfies

lim inf⁡k→∞PCS ≥ α.\liminf_{k \to \infty} \mathrm{PCS} \ \ge\ \alpha .k→∞liminf​PCS ≥ α.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3 (p. 22): Zˉ(n)\bar Z(n)Zˉ(n), n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​, attains its minimum at a finite time almost surely.
  2. (5.1) (p. 22): N~(x)≤N~(x;n0)≤n0inf⁡{m≥1:Zˉ(mn0)<x}\tilde N(x) \le \tilde N(x; n_0) \le n_0 \inf\{m \ge 1 : \bar Z(mn_0) < x\}N~(x)≤N~(x;n0​)≤n0​inf{m≥1:Zˉ(mn0​)<x}, and the last crossing time is distributed as N~(n0 x)\tilde N(\sqrt{n_0}\,x)N~(n0​​x) (scaling corrected, see below).
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 22): N~(x;n0)\tilde N(x;n_0)N~(x;n0​) is a.s. finite with finite mean for x>0x > 0x>0; finite with probability strictly between 0 and 1, with infinite mean, for x<0x < 0x<0; a.s. finite with infinite mean for x=0x = 0x=0.
  4. Lemma 7 (p. ec6): C(x;n0)C(x; n_0)C(x;n0​) is strictly decreasing and continuous on (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞).
  5. (5.2) (p. 23): PCS≥Pr⁡{∑i=2kNi(Xˉ1∗(n0);n0)+N1∗(n0)≤B}\mathrm{PCS} \ge \Pr\big\{\sum_{i=2}^k N_i(\bar X_1^*(n_0); n_0) + N_1^*(n_0) \le B\big\}PCS≥Pr{∑i=2k​Ni​(Xˉ1∗​(n0​);n0​)+N1∗​(n0​)≤B}, where Xˉ1∗(n0)\bar X_1^*(n_0)Xˉ1∗​(n0​) and N1∗(n0)N_1^*(n_0)N1∗​(n0​) are the minimum and argmin of Xˉ1(n)\bar X_1(n)Xˉ1​(n) over n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​, and Ni(b;n0)N_i(b; n_0)Ni​(b;n0​) is the first n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​ with Xˉi(n)<b\bar X_i(n) < bXˉi​(n)<b.
  6. Theorem 3 (p. 23, first sentence): if B/k=n0+ngB/k = n_0 + n_gB/k=n0​+ng​ and ng>C(γ/σˉ;n0)−n0n_g > C(\gamma/\bar\sigma; n_0) - n_0ng​>C(γ/σˉ;n0​)−n0​, then lim inf⁡kPCS≥Pr⁡{min⁡n≥n0Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}\liminf_k \mathrm{PCS} \ge \Pr\{\min_{n\ge n_0}\bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\}liminfk​PCS≥Pr{minn≥n0​​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}, where γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ) solves C(γ−γ0σˉ;n0)=ng+n0C\big(\tfrac{\gamma-\gamma_0}{\bar\sigma}; n_0\big) = n_g + n_0C(σˉγ−γ0​​;n0​)=ng​+n0​.
  7. Lemma 5 (p. 24): for every γ0>0\gamma_0 > 0γ0​>0 and α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) some finite n0≥1n_0 \ge 1n0​≥1 satisfies (5.3).

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 shows that a one-line change to the greedy procedure, a fixed number of initial observations per alternative, turns a sample-optimal but inconsistent procedure into one that is both sample optimal and consistent. Any PCS target is reached with a budget that grows only linearly in the number of alternatives, without variance estimates, elimination rules or pairwise comparisons. Together with (5.4) (p. 24) it also gives a recipe for choosing n0n_0n0​ and ngn_gng​ when γ\gammaγ and σˉ2\bar\sigma^2σˉ2 are known, which converts the fixed-budget procedure into a fixed-precision one.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper, but Lemma 4 and Theorem 4 have their proofs omitted ("straightforward"), and Theorem 3's proof refers to "almost the same analysis" as Theorem 1. A machine-checked development makes these steps explicit. It also corrects the scaling in (5.1), which is misprinted in the source. No part of it is formalized on the platform. The boundary-crossing inequality (5.2) and the crossing-time lemmas for the Gaussian running average are reusable in the companion missions of this series and for other greedy procedures.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to bound each inferior alternative's sample size by the number of observations it needs to fall below alternative 1, and to sum. It fails because alternative 1's running average is itself random, may drop below its mean, and can lose the lead at any time before it reaches its minimum. The boundary must be the random minimum Xˉ1∗(n0)\bar X_1^*(n_0)Xˉ1∗​(n0​), and the crossing times of the other alternatives are then dependent through it. The step from (5.2) to Theorem 3 needs crossing times dominated by iid copies of N~(⋅ ;n0)\tilde N(\cdot\,; n_0)N~(⋅;n0​) on the event that the minimum is high, a strong law over the growing array, and the continuity of C(⋅ ;n0)C(\cdot\,; n_0)C(⋅;n0​) (Lemma 7) to pass to the limit in the level. Lemma 4 needs fluctuation facts for the Gaussian random walk (finite expected crossing time for x>0x>0x>0, infinite mean at x=0x=0x=0) that are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Observations form an array XijX_{ij}Xij​ indexed by N×N\mathbb N \times \mathbb NN×N on a probability space, mutually independent, with Xij∼N(μi,σi2)X_{ij} \sim N(\mu_i, \sigma_i^2)Xij​∼N(μi​,σi2​) and σi2>0\sigma_i^2 > 0σi2​>0. Problem kkk uses alternatives 0,…,k−10, \dots, k-10,…,k−1; Lean's alternative 000 is the paper's alternative 1. One array serves every kkk, which does not change any PCS.

  • Procedure. The EFG procedure is a deterministic map from the observation array to the selected index. Ties in every arg max go to the smallest index, which is a null event under the model. The greedy loop runs B−n0kB - n_0kB−n0​k times (none if B≤n0kB \le n_0kB≤n0​k).

  • Budget. B=(n0+ng)kB = (n_0 + n_g)kB=(n0​+ng​)k is read as ⌊(n0+ng)k⌋\lfloor (n_0+n_g)k \rfloor⌊(n0​+ng​)k⌋. Conditions involving C(⋅ ;n0)−n0C(\cdot\,; n_0) - n_0C(⋅;n0​)−n0​ are written additively in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞].

  • Crossing times, argmins and CCC. These take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞} and [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. A path that never crosses has crossing time ∞\infty∞, and C(0;n0)=∞C(0; n_0) = \inftyC(0;n0​)=∞ is literal. "min⁡n≥n0Xˉ1(n)>a\min_{n \ge n_0} \bar X_1(n) > aminn≥n0​​Xˉ1​(n)>a" means that the path is bounded below from n0n_0n0​ on and its infimum exceeds aaa. The minimum is attained a.s. (Lemma 3).

  • Probabilities and limits. These are extended nonnegative reals. The liminf is taken in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞].

  • (5.1) correction. The paper derives N~(x;n0)≤n0N~(x/n0)\tilde N(x;n_0) \le n_0\tilde N(x/\sqrt{n_0})N~(x;n0​)≤n0​N~(x/n0​​) from "Zˉ(mn0)=n0 Zˉ(m)\bar Z(mn_0) = \sqrt{n_0}\,\bar Z(m)Zˉ(mn0​)=n0​​Zˉ(m) statistically". In fact Zˉ(mn0)=dZˉ(m)/n0\bar Z(mn_0) \overset{d}{=} \bar Z(m)/\sqrt{n_0}Zˉ(mn0​)=dZˉ(m)/n0​​, so the milestone states the bound with N~(n0 x)\tilde N(\sqrt{n_0}\,x)N~(n0​​x). The printed form is false for x<0x < 0x<0 and n0≥2n_0 \ge 2n0​≥2.

  • Theorem 3. The existence of γ0\gamma_0γ0​, implicit in the paper, is a conclusion of the statement, so the lower bound cannot hold vacuously. The slippage-configuration limit in its second sentence is not stated.

  • Ruled out. None of the following can make the statements trivial, because the encodings above exclude them:

    • an N\mathbb NN-valued crossing time with inf⁡∅=0\inf\emptyset = 0inf∅=0;
    • a real infimum of an unbounded path read as 000;
    • an unsolvable equation for γ0\gamma_0γ0​.
  • Infrastructure needed. A complete development needs the following, all reusable beyond this mission:

    • laws of crossing times of the Gaussian random walk;
    • the strong law for iid N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued variables;
    • a coupling of the crossing times with iid copies;
    • a pathwise induction over the run of the procedure for (5.2).

    Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

  • Source. The source is the authors' arXiv preprint, version 3 (11 Dec 2023), and all numbering follows it.

Selected references

  • Z. Li, W. Fan, L. J. Hong, The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection, arXiv:2303.02951v3, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.02951
  • R. E. Bechhofer, A single-sample multiple decision procedure for ranking means of normal populations with known variances, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 25(1):16–39, 1954. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728845
  • S.-H. Kim, B. L. Nelson, A fully sequential procedure for indifference-zone selection in simulation, ACM Transactions on Modeling and Computer Simulation 11(3):251–273, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/502109.502111
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection 2: Under the Slippage Configuration with a Common Variance the Greedy PCS Lower Bound Is TightResearch Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection (R&S) asks how to spend a fixed budget of simulation runs on kkk competing system designs so that the design with the largest mean performance is identified with high probability. When kkk runs into the thousands or millions, the relevant question is how the total budget must grow with kkk. Li, Fan and Hong (arXiv:2303.02951v3, published in Management Science, 2025) showed that the simplest adaptive rule, the greedy procedure, is sample optimal: a budget linear in kkk keeps the probability of correct selection (PCS) bounded away from zero (their Theorem 1, p. 15). This mission formalizes their second main result: under the least favorable configuration of means and variances, the PCS lower bound of Theorem 1 is exactly the limit, so it cannot be improved for the greedy procedure.

The result also explains the paper's later design choices. Corollary 1 (p. 18) deduces from it that the greedy procedure is not consistent: however large the constant ccc in B=ckB = ckB=ck, its worst-case PCS stays below a constant less than one. This is why §5 of the paper introduces an explore-first variant.

Setting

There are kkk alternatives. Alternative iii produces independent observations Xi1,Xi2,⋯∼N(μi,σi2)X_{i1}, X_{i2}, \dots \sim N(\mu_i, \sigma_i^2)Xi1​,Xi2​,⋯∼N(μi​,σi2​), independent across alternatives, and alternative 111 is the unique best. The running average of alternative iii after nnn observations is Xˉi(n)=1n∑j=1nXij\bar X_i(n) = \frac1n \sum_{j=1}^n X_{ij}Xˉi​(n)=n1​∑j=1n​Xij​.

The greedy procedure (Procedure 1, p. 10) takes one observation from each alternative, then repeatedly takes one more observation from the alternative with the largest current running average, until BBB observations have been taken in total; it selects the alternative with the largest final running average. PCS is the probability that it selects alternative 111, and PICS =1−= 1 - =1− PCS.

The slippage configuration with a common variance (SC-CV, §4.3, p. 16) is

μ1−μi=γ>0(i=2,…,k),σi2=σ2>0(i=1,…,k):\mu_1 - \mu_i = \gamma > 0 \quad (i = 2, \dots, k), \qquad \sigma_i^2 = \sigma^2 > 0 \quad (i = 1, \dots, k):μ1​−μi​=γ>0(i=2,…,k),σi2​=σ2>0(i=1,…,k):

the non-best alternatives share one mean and all alternatives share one variance.

The constant governing the analysis is

C(x)=exp⁡(∑n=1∞1nΦ(−n x)),x>0,C(x) = \exp\Big( \sum_{n=1}^\infty \frac1n \Phi(-\sqrt n\, x) \Big), \qquad x > 0,C(x)=exp(n=1∑∞​n1​Φ(−n​x)),x>0,

where Φ\PhiΦ is the standard normal distribution function. By Lemma 2 of the paper, C(x)C(x)C(x) is the expected first time nnn at which the running average of iid N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) variables drops below xxx; it is continuous and strictly decreasing on (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞) and tends to ∞\infty∞ as x→0+x \to 0^+x→0+.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 16)

If B=ckB = ckB=ck and c>C(γ/σ)c > C(\gamma/\sigma)c>C(γ/σ), let γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ) solve C((γ−γ0)/σ)=cC((\gamma - \gamma_0)/\sigma) = cC((γ−γ0​)/σ)=c. Under the SC-CV,

lim⁡k→∞PCS=Pr⁡{min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}=[C(γ0σ)]−1.\lim_{k\to\infty} \mathrm{PCS} = \Pr\Big\{ \min_{n\ge1} \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0 \Big\} = \Big[C\Big(\frac{\gamma_0}{\sigma}\Big)\Big]^{-1}.k→∞lim​PCS=Pr{n≥1min​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}=[C(σγ0​​)]−1.

The goal asserts both that some such γ0\gamma_0γ0​ exists and that the limit holds for every solution.

Milestones, in the order of the proof (EC.1.4, pp. ec3–ec5)

  1. (EC.1.8), p. ec4: with mϵm_\epsilonmϵ​ the first time Xˉ1\bar X_1Xˉ1​ drops below a level μ1−γϵ+\mu_1 - \gamma_\epsilon^+μ1​−γϵ+​, PICS is at least the probability that the budget suffices to reach mϵm_\epsilonmϵ​ but not to push every other alternative below the new minimum of Xˉ1\bar X_1Xˉ1​.
  2. (EC.1.11), p. ec5, with γϵ±\gamma_\epsilon^\pmγϵ±​ from (EC.1.7): lim inf⁡kPICS≥Pr⁡{mϵ<∞,min⁡1≤n≤mϵ−1Xˉ1(n)≥μ1−γϵ−}\liminf_k \mathrm{PICS} \ge \Pr\{ m_\epsilon < \infty, \min_{1\le n\le m_\epsilon-1} \bar X_1(n) \ge \mu_1 - \gamma_\epsilon^- \}liminfk​PICS≥Pr{mϵ​<∞,min1≤n≤mϵ​−1​Xˉ1​(n)≥μ1​−γϵ−​}.
  3. (EC.1.6), p. ec3: lim inf⁡kPICS≥Pr⁡{∃n≥1 s.t. Xˉ1(n)<μ1−γ0}\liminf_k \mathrm{PICS} \ge \Pr\{\exists n \ge 1 \text{ s.t. } \bar X_1(n) < \mu_1 - \gamma_0\}liminfk​PICS≥Pr{∃n≥1 s.t. Xˉ1​(n)<μ1​−γ0​}.
  4. Theorem 1 under the SC-CV, p. 15: lim inf⁡kPCS≥Pr⁡{min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}=[C(γ0/σ)]−1>0\liminf_k \mathrm{PCS} \ge \Pr\{\min_{n\ge1} \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\} = [C(\gamma_0/\sigma)]^{-1} > 0liminfk​PCS≥Pr{minn≥1​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}=[C(γ0​/σ)]−1>0.

Milestones 3 and 4 bound the PCS from above and below by the same quantity, up to the null event {min⁡nXˉ1(n)=μ1−γ0}\{\min_n \bar X_1(n) = \mu_1 - \gamma_0\}{minn​Xˉ1​(n)=μ1​−γ0​}. Corollary 1 (p. 18, lim⁡PCS≤[C(γ/σ)]−1<1\lim \mathrm{PCS} \le [C(\gamma/\sigma)]^{-1} < 1limPCS≤[C(γ/σ)]−1<1) is included as a separate theorem after the goal; it is not a milestone.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 gives a lower bound on the asymptotic PCS that holds for every configuration satisfying a gap and a variance bound. Theorem 2 shows the bound is attained under the SC-CV, so it is the exact worst-case asymptotic PCS of the greedy procedure on a linear budget. It also identifies the slippage configuration as least favorable for this procedure. Corollary 1, which follows from it, shows that the greedy procedure is sample optimal without being consistent. The paper uses this to motivate the explore-first greedy procedure of §5, which is consistent.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; none of it is formalized. A formal proof requires a precise, total definition of the greedy procedure as a map from an observation array to a selected alternative, a pathwise analysis of that map (milestone 1), the strong law of large numbers for iid crossing times with values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, and a limiting argument in ϵ\epsilonϵ that uses the continuity and strict monotonicity of CCC. The identity Pr⁡{min⁡nXˉ1(n)>μ1−γ0}=[C(γ0/σ)]−1\Pr\{\min_n \bar X_1(n) > \mu_1 - \gamma_0\} = [C(\gamma_0/\sigma)]^{-1}Pr{minn​Xˉ1​(n)>μ1​−γ0​}=[C(γ0​/σ)]−1 is the Gaussian case of Spitzer's identity, which Mathlib does not have.

Difficulty

The lower half is Theorem 1. The upper half needs a different pathwise argument. Showing that the greedy procedure can succeed only requires bounding the budget the inferior alternatives consume. Showing that it must fail requires an event on which alternative 1 has fallen below a level and the remaining budget cannot lift it back. The paper conditions on such an event, BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​. On BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​, two families of crossing times, measured against two different random levels (the running minimum of Xˉ1\bar X_1Xˉ1​ before and at mϵm_\epsilonmϵ​), are compared with deterministic multiples of kkk. Both comparisons need the strong law, and the event BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​ must survive the limit ϵ→0\epsilon \to 0ϵ→0. The obvious first idea is to copy the proof of Theorem 1 with the inequalities reversed. It fails because the inclusion (3.2) behind Theorem 1 is one-sided: a large budget forces a correct selection, but a small budget alone does not force an incorrect one.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Alternatives are indexed from 000 in Lean: Lean's alternative 000 is the paper's alternative 111. Observations form one infinite array XijX_{ij}Xij​ on a probability space, mutually independent over all pairs (i,j)(i, j)(i,j), with Xij∼N(μi,vi)X_{ij} \sim N(\mu_i, v_i)Xij​∼N(μi​,vi​). The problem with kkk alternatives reads rows 0,…,k−10, \dots, k-10,…,k−1. PCS for kkk alternatives depends only on the law of those rows, so this coupling changes no PCS.
  • Procedure. The procedure is a deterministic function of the array. Ties in every arg max go to the smallest index; ties have probability zero under normality. With fewer than kkk observations of budget, no greedy step is taken.
  • Budget. "B=ckB = ckB=ck" is read as B=⌊ck⌋B = \lfloor ck \rfloorB=⌊ck⌋.
  • Values. Probabilities, limits and liminfs are taken in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. Crossing times take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}, with ∞\infty∞ when no crossing occurs. "min⁡n≥1Xˉ1(n)>a\min_{n\ge1} \bar X_1(n) > aminn≥1​Xˉ1​(n)>a" means the running average is bounded below and its infimum exceeds aaa; the minimum is attained almost surely.
  • The constant CCC. It is defined by the series above. Every statement evaluates it only at positive arguments (γ/σ\gamma/\sigmaγ/σ, (γ−γ0)/σ(\gamma - \gamma_0)/\sigma(γ−γ0​)/σ, γ0/σ\gamma_0/\sigmaγ0​/σ), where the series converges.
  • Disclosed generalization. Milestone 1 is stated for an arbitrary level and for arbitrary means with positive variances, since the inclusion uses neither the SC-CV nor the event BϵB_\epsilonBϵ​.

Three trivializations are ruled out. Crossing times typed in N\mathbb NN would be 000 when no crossing occurs. Junk values of tsum or of the infimum on unbounded sets would make the statements meaningless. A γ0\gamma_0γ0​ that no value can satisfy would make the goal vacuous, which is why the goal also asserts that γ0\gamma_0γ0​ exists.

Infrastructure needed: the strong law for iid N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued variables with finite mean, Spitzer's identity for Gaussian random walks, and continuity of CCC. These would be reusable in any boundary-crossing analysis of sequential procedures. Contributions toward any milestone, or toward these general lemmas, are welcome. The source PDF is the arXiv v3 preprint (11 Dec 2023), and all page and equation numbers refer to it.

Selected references

  • Z. Li, W. Fan, L. J. Hong, The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection, arXiv:2303.02951v3, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.02951
  • F. Spitzer, A combinatorial lemma and its application to probability theory, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1956), 323–339. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1956-0079851-X
  • R. E. Bechhofer, A single-sample multiple decision procedure for ranking means of normal populations with known variances, Ann. Math. Statist. 25 (1954), 16–39. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728845
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomics·Captain: mikedeng1

Economics of Social Media Fake Accounts 2: The High-Quality Influencer's Defensive Fake-Account Purchase Falls in Antifake Effort If Condition (22) Holds, and Otherwise Rises Then FallsResearch Paper

Motivation

Fake follower accounts are sold openly to social media influencers, who buy them because advertisers and new followers read a large follower count as a sign of quality. Platforms respond with antifake effort: detection, removal and registration hurdles that make fake accounts more expensive to operate, but that also impose a nuisance cost on legitimate users (more CAPTCHAs, more false flags). Huang and Liu (Management Science 71(10), 2025) model this market as a signaling game and ask how fake-account purchases respond to the platform's effort and to contextual factors such as social media literacy and antifake technology.

A finding of the paper that runs against intuition concerns the high-quality influencer. In a costly separating equilibrium the high type buys fake accounts defensively, so that a low-quality influencer cannot afford to mimic its follower count. This contrasts with Chen and Papanastasiou (2021), where only the low type manipulates. Proposition 3 of the paper describes how this defensive purchase moves with every parameter, and in particular that raising the antifake effort can increase it. This mission formalizes Proposition 3 and the steps the paper uses to explain it.

Setting

An influencer is of high type HHH or low type LLL, with content qualities qH>qL>0q_H>q_L>0qH​>qL​>0. A unit mass of consumers has valuation θ∼U[0,1]\theta\sim U[0,1]θ∼U[0,1] and follows when θq≥c\theta q\ge cθq≥c. A fraction l∈(0,1)l\in(0,1)l∈(0,1) of consumers, the social media literacy, know the type; the rest infer it from the early follower count, which the influencer can inflate with fake accounts. Advertising yields revenue μ\muμ per real follower, of which the influencer keeps a share λi\lambda_iλi​.

The platform chooses an antifake effort d≥0d\ge0d≥0. With antifake technology level τ∈[0,1)\tau\in[0,1)τ∈[0,1), base price p0p_0p0​, opportunity cost c0≥0c_0\ge0c0​≥0 and nuisance coefficient c1≥0c_1\ge0c1​≥0, the unit price of fake accounts and the cost of following are

pf=p0+d1−τ,c=c0+c1(1−τ)d.p_f=p_0+\frac{d}{1-\tau},\qquad c=c_0+c_1(1-\tau)d .pf​=p0​+1−τd​,c=c0​+c1​(1−τ)d.

A type of quality qqq has nin=l(1−c/q)n_{in}=l(1-c/q)nin​=l(1−c/q) informed followers, and, when its type is revealed, nun=(1−l)(1−c/q)n_{un}=(1-l)(1-c/q)nun​=(1−l)(1−c/q) uninformed ones. With η2=1lλiμ(1−l2)\eta_2=\frac1l\lambda_i\mu(1-l^2)η2​=l1​λi​μ(1−l2) and d2=(1−τ)(η2−p0)d_2=(1-\tau)(\eta_2-p_0)d2​=(1−τ)(η2​−p0​), Lemma 2 of the paper gives the costly separating equilibrium for d≤d2d\le d_2d≤d2​, in which the H-type's early-follower count is

n2csep=1pfλiμ[(1−l)(ninH−ninL)+(nunH−nunL)]+ninL(17)n_2^{csep}=\frac1{p_f}\lambda_i\mu\big[(1-l)(n_{in}^H-n_{in}^L)+(n_{un}^H-n_{un}^L)\big]+n_{in}^L \quad(17)n2csep​=pf​1​λi​μ[(1−l)(ninH​−ninL​)+(nunH​−nunL​)]+ninL​(17)

and its defensive purchase is xHcsep=n2csep−ninHx_H^{csep}=n_2^{csep}-n_{in}^HxHcsep​=n2csep​−ninH​. In the pooling equilibrium the low type's offensive purchase is xLpool=ninH−ninLx_L^{pool}=n_{in}^H-n_{in}^LxLpool​=ninH​−ninL​. In Lean the parameters are fields mu lamI lamP rho l qH qL c0 c1 tau p0 gamma of a structure Params, and the quantities above are price, cost, nIn, nUnSep, eta2, d2, nCsep2, xCsepH, xPoolL.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3(c)

Assume c0>0c_0>0c0​>0, p0>0p_0>0p0​>0 and Assumption 3 (p0<η2p_0<\eta_2p0​<η2​). Let (22) be the condition

c1(1−τ)2≤λiμ(1−l2)c0p0[λiμ(1−l2)−p0l].c_1(1-\tau)^2\le\frac{\lambda_i\mu(1-l^2)c_0}{p_0[\lambda_i\mu(1-l^2)-p_0l]} .c1​(1−τ)2≤p0​[λi​μ(1−l2)−p0​l]λi​μ(1−l2)c0​​.

If (22) holds, d↦xHcsep(d)d\mapsto x_H^{csep}(d)d↦xHcsep​(d) is strictly decreasing on [0,d2][0,d_2][0,d2​]. Otherwise there is d^∈(0,d2)\hat d\in(0,d_2)d^∈(0,d2​) with xHcsepx_H^{csep}xHcsep​ strictly increasing on [0,d^][0,\hat d][0,d^] and strictly decreasing on [d^,d2][\hat d,d_2][d^,d2​].

Milestones

  1. The closed form (20): xHcsep=1pf[λiμ(1−l2)−pfl](c/qL−c/qH)x_H^{csep}=\frac1{p_f}[\lambda_i\mu(1-l^2)-p_fl](c/q_L-c/q_H)xHcsep​=pf​1​[λi​μ(1−l2)−pf​l](c/qL​−c/qH​).
  2. The marginal effects: dxHcsep/dd=m1+m2dx_H^{csep}/dd=m_1+m_2dxHcsep​/dd=m1​+m2​, with m1m_1m1​ the higher fake-account price effect and m2m_2m2​ the higher nuisance cost effect, as displayed on p. 8875.
  3. m2=0m_2=0m2​=0 at d=d2d=d_2d=d2​, and xHcsepx_H^{csep}xHcsep​ is strictly decreasing on a left neighbourhood of d2d_2d2​.
  4. Proposition 3(a): xHcsepx_H^{csep}xHcsep​ strictly decreases in lll, in p0p_0p0​, in the quality ratio R=qL/qHR=q_L/q_HR=qL​/qH​ and in τ\tauτ (four milestones).
  5. Proposition 3(b): xHcsepx_H^{csep}xHcsep​ strictly increases in λi\lambda_iλi​.

A companion theorem, not a milestone, states Proposition 2(a)–(b) for the offensive purchase xLpoolx_L^{pool}xLpool​.

Significance

Proposition 3(c) says that the platform's main instrument against fake accounts can backfire: below a threshold on the technology level, a moderate increase in antifake effort makes high-quality influencers buy more fake accounts, because the higher nuisance cost widens the follower gap the low type would have to close. Proposition 3(a) identifies the levers that reduce defensive purchases unambiguously: literacy, the base price, and antifake technology. Together with Proposition 2, these results underlie the paper's policy discussion of when an antifake campaign reduces the number of fake accounts at all.

The results are proved in the paper's Online Appendix; none of them is machine-checked. The formalization makes every hypothesis explicit: positivity of c0c_0c0​ and p0p_0p0​, the exact domain on which each monotonicity claim is strict, and the reading of the informal remark "m2→0m_2\to0m2​→0", which is false as d→∞d\to\inftyd→∞ and true at the edge d2d_2d2​ of the costly separating range. It also yields a reusable closed form for the equilibrium purchase that other statements about this model can cite.

Difficulty

The closed form and the derivative are algebra and calculus over rational functions of ddd, with care about pf≠0p_f\ne0pf​=0. The content is the dichotomy in (c). On [0,d2)[0,d_2)[0,d2​) the two marginal effects have opposite signs, m1<0<m2m_1<0<m_2m1​<0<m2​, and both depend on ddd through pfp_fpf​ and through ccc. The paper's informal argument ("m2→0m_2\to0m2​→0, so m1m_1m1​ dominates eventually") settles only the right end of the range. What the goal requires is the sign of m1+m2m_1+m_2m1​+m2​ on the whole interval: that it changes sign at most once, that (22) is exactly the condition for it to be nonpositive at d=0d=0d=0, and that in the other case the change of sign happens strictly inside (0,d2)(0,d_2)(0,d2​). Strictness of the parameter comparative statics also fails at the edges (d=0d=0d=0 for τ\tauτ, d=d2d=d_2d=d2​ for RRR), so each domain has to be chosen exactly.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real-valued closed forms; no probability spaces are introduced, since the paper's expectations over θ\thetaθ are already the closed forms (8)–(9). The parameter bundle carries the standing ranges of §3 and Table 1: μ>0\mu>0μ>0, λi,λp>0\lambda_i,\lambda_p>0λi​,λp​>0, λi+λp<1\lambda_i+\lambda_p<1λi​+λp​<1, 0<ρ<10<\rho<10<ρ<1, 0<l<10<l<10<l<1, 0<qL<qH0<q_L<q_H0<qL​<qH​, c0,c1≥0c_0,c_1\ge0c0​,c1​≥0, 0≤τ<10\le\tau<10≤τ<1, γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. The readings of the paper fixed by the formalization are:

  • Assumptions 1 and 2 (qL>cq_L>cqL​>c, λi>pf/(μ+pf)\lambda_i>p_f/(\mu+p_f)λi​>pf​/(μ+pf​)) depend on ddd and are not imposed; the follower formulas are used untruncated, as in the paper. This strengthens every statement.
  • Added hypotheses c0>0c_0>0c0​>0 (needed for strictness) and p0>0p_0>0p0​>0 ((22) divides by p0p_0p0​; pf>0p_f>0pf​>0 at d=0d=0d=0); Assumption 3 where the paper uses it.
  • The quality ratio RRR is never defined in the paper; it is qL/qHq_L/q_HqL​/qH​ with qHq_HqH​ fixed, as the text after Proposition 3 says.
  • Domains. Proposition 3(c) is stated on [0,d2][0,d_2][0,d2​]; when a pooling range exists, the costly separating range is (d1,d2](d_1,d_2](d1​,d2​] and the peak of the second case may lie below d1d_1d1​. The τ\tauτ claim needs d>0d>0d>0 and pf≤η2p_f\le\eta_2pf​≤η2​; the RRR claim needs d<d2d<d_2d<d2​. The lll, p0p_0p0​ and λi\lambda_iλi​ claims hold for every value in the open range, a strengthening.
  • "m2→0m_2\to0m2​→0" is formalized as m2(d2)=0m_2(d_2)=0m2​(d2​)=0 plus strict decrease near d2d_2d2​.
  • Proposition 2(c) ("unaffected by p0p_0p0​ or λi\lambda_iλi​") is not posed: it holds by definition.

xHcsepx_H^{csep}xHcsep​ is defined as n2csep−ninHn_2^{csep}-n_{in}^Hn2csep​−ninH​ through (17), not by the right side of (20); a definition by (20) would make the closed-form milestone trivial. The goal must be proved about this function on [0,d2][0,d_2][0,d2​], not about a sign condition on an abstract derivative. The proofs are in the paper's Online Appendix, which is not used here; every milestone is a statement or display of the main text. Contributions of proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are lemmas on single-crossing of the derivative.

Selected references

  • Z. Huang and D. Liu, Economics of Social Media Fake Accounts, Management Science 71(10):8865–8883, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.02616
  • L. Chen and Y. Papanastasiou, Seeding the Herd: Pricing and Welfare Effects of Social Learning Manipulation, Management Science 67(11):6734–6750, 2021.
  • X. Guo, G. Xiao and F. Zhang, Effect of Consumer Awareness on Corporate Social Responsibility under Asymmetric Information, SSRN preprint, 2017. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3039862
  • G. J. Mailath, M. Okuno-Fujiwara and A. Postlewaite, Belief-Based Refinements in Signalling Games, Journal of Economic Theory 60(2):241–276, 1993.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryBandit AlgorithmsMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal No-regret Learning in Repeated First-price Auctions 1: With IID Private Values a Bidding Policy Achieves Expected Regret at Most C√T log^2.5 TResearch Paper

Motivation

Most display advertising is sold in first-price auctions: the highest bidder wins and pays its own bid. Since the industry's move away from second-price formats around 2019, a bidder can no longer bid its value and must instead learn how much to shade its bid, from data about how the other bidders behave. A demand-side platform faces this problem millions of times a day with very little information. When it wins it pays its bid and learns nothing about the competition beyond the fact that it won; when it loses it sees only the winning price.

Han, Zhou and Weissman (arXiv:2003.09795v7, Operations Research 2025) cast this as an online learning problem and gave the first bidding policies with O~(T)\tilde O(\sqrt T)O~(T​) regret against an arbitrary unknown distribution of competing bids. This mission is the first of a series of six on that paper. It covers the case of stochastic private values, and the route to it through a general class of contextual bandits.

Setting

A single bidder takes part in TTT rounds. In round ttt she observes a private value vt∈[0,1]v_t\in[0,1]vt​∈[0,1], bids bt∈[0,1]b_t\in[0,1]bt​∈[0,1], and the highest other bid (HOB) is mt∈[0,1]m_t\in[0,1]mt​∈[0,1]. She wins iff bt≥mtb_t\ge m_tbt​≥mt​, so her payoff is r(vt,bt;mt)=(vt−bt)1(bt≥mt)r(v_t,b_t;m_t)=(v_t-b_t)\mathbb 1(b_t\ge m_t)r(vt​,bt​;mt​)=(vt​−bt​)1(bt​≥mt​). The HOBs are iid with an unknown CDF GGG on [0,1][0,1][0,1]; no continuity or shape assumption is made, and atoms are allowed. The values v1,…,vTv_1,\dots,v_Tv1​,…,vT​ are iid with an unknown distribution FFF on [0,1][0,1][0,1], independent of the HOBs.

Feedback is censored: at the end of round ttt only the winning bid yt=max⁡{bt,mt}y_t=\max\{b_t,m_t\}yt​=max{bt​,mt​} is revealed. A policy π\piπ chooses btb_tbt​ from its own internal randomness, v1,…,vtv_1,\dots,v_tv1​,…,vt​ and y1,…,yt−1y_1,\dots,y_{t-1}y1​,…,yt−1​. With the expected reward R(v,b)=(v−b)G(b)R(v,b)=(v-b)G(b)R(v,b)=(v−b)G(b), the regret is

RT(π;v)=∑t=1T(max⁡b∈[0,1]R(vt,b)−R(vt,bt)),R_T(\pi;v)=\sum_{t=1}^T\Big(\max_{b\in[0,1]}R(v_t,b)-R(v_t,b_t)\Big),RT​(π;v)=t=1∑T​(b∈[0,1]max​R(vt​,b)−R(vt​,bt​)),

the gap to an oracle that knows GGG.

The paper reaches its bound through partially ordered contextual bandits. These are contextual bandits with MMM contexts and KKK actions, rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and a feedback graph GGG on the actions. Playing aaa reveals the rewards of aaa and its out-neighbours under every context (cross learning). The graph is a transitively closed DAG, so it induces a partial order ⪯G\preceq_G⪯G​ on actions. There is also a partial order ⪯C\preceq_{\mathcal C}⪯C​ on contexts along which some choice of optimal action is monotone (Definitions 2 and 3). Algorithm 3 is an arm-elimination algorithm for this class. The auction becomes such a bandit when values are clipped to the grid C={1/M,…,1}\mathcal C=\{1/M,\dots,1\}C={1/M,…,1} and bids are restricted to A={1/K,…,1}\mathcal A=\{1/K,\dots,1\}A={1/K,…,1}: a bid bbb reveals 1(mt≤b′)\mathbb 1(m_t\le b')1(mt​≤b′) for every b′≥bb'\ge bb′≥b.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

∃ C>0  ∀ T≥2  ∃ π  ∀ F,G:E[RT(π;v)]≤CT log⁡2.5T.\exists\,C>0\ \ \forall\,T\ge2\ \ \exists\,\pi\ \ \forall\,F,G:\qquad \mathbb E\big[R_T(\pi;v)\big]\le C\sqrt T\,\log^{2.5}T .∃C>0  ∀T≥2  ∃π  ∀F,G:E[RT​(π;v)]≤CT​log2.5T.

The policy may depend on TTT but not on FFF or GGG, and CCC is absolute. The goal leaves the policy unspecified. That makes it the weakest stable form of the paper's result: any later policy with a better logarithmic factor still proves it.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 5 (p. 20): the largest maximiser b⋆(v)b^\star(v)b⋆(v) of R(v,⋅)R(v,\cdot)R(v,⋅) over the grid A\mathcal AA is non-decreasing in vvv.
  2. Lemma 4 (p. 20): pathwise, quantization costs at most (2/M+1/K)T(2/M+1/K)T(2/M+1/K)T regret.
  3. Lemma 3.1 (p. 19): for iid X1,…,XTX_1,\dots,X_TX1​,…,XT​ in a finite poset of width β\betaβ, E∑t(1+∑s<t1(Xs⪯Xt))−1≤β(1+log⁡T)2\mathbb E\sum_t(1+\sum_{s<t}\mathbb 1(X_s\preceq X_t))^{-1}\le\beta(1+\log T)^2E∑t​(1+∑s<t​1(Xs​⪯Xt​))−1≤β(1+logT)2.
  4. Lemma 2 (p. 18): with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, Algorithm 3's minimum counts satisfy Nctt−1≥∑s<t1(cs⪯Cct)/(αlog⁡(MKT2/δ))−1N^{t-1}_{c_t}\ge\sum_{s<t}\mathbb 1(c_s\preceq_{\mathcal C}c_t)/(\alpha\log(MKT^2/\delta))-1Nct​t−1​≥∑s<t​1(cs​⪯C​ct​)/(αlog(MKT2/δ))−1.
  5. Theorem 5, iid contexts (p. 18): E[RT]≤1+24αβTlog⁡(2T)log⁡(2MKT2)log⁡(2MKT3)(1+log⁡T)\mathbb E[R_T]\le1+24\sqrt{\alpha\beta T\log(2T)\log(2MKT^2)\log(2MKT^3)}(1+\log T)E[RT​]≤1+24αβTlog(2T)log(2MKT2)log(2MKT3)​(1+logT).
  6. Corollary 1, iid values (p. 20): Algorithm 3 on the quantized auction with M=K=⌈T⌉M=K=\lceil\sqrt T\rceilM=K=⌈T​⌉, δ=1/(2T)\delta=1/(2T)δ=1/(2T) has expected regret O(Tlog⁡2.5T)O(\sqrt T\log^{2.5}T)O(T​log2.5T). This is the explicit policy behind the goal.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 shows that a bidder facing an arbitrary unknown competition distribution can learn to bid as well as the oracle up to O~(T)\tilde O(\sqrt T)O~(T​). That rate is optimal up to logarithms: mission 3 of the series formalizes the Ω(T)\Omega(\sqrt T)Ω(T​) lower bound. Theorem 5 is of independent interest. For partially ordered contextual bandits with iid contexts, the regret depends on the widths α,β\alpha,\betaα,β of the two orders and not on the numbers M,KM,KM,K of contexts and actions. Mission 5 of the series shows that this fails for adversarial contexts.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper, with full proofs in its Appendix C; none of them has a machine-checked proof. Beyond the theorems, the mission produces a reusable model of repeated auctions with censored feedback, with policies that are non-anticipating by construction. It also produces a definition of contextual bandits with graph feedback and cross learning, and an executable definition of an elimination algorithm with randomized exploration. Lemmas 3, 4 and 5 are self-contained and need no bandit machinery.

Difficulty

The obvious approach discretizes and runs one bandit algorithm per context. That gives regret O~(MT)\tilde O(\sqrt{MT})O~(MT​) and, after balancing against the quantization error of Lemma 4, only O~(T2/3)\tilde O(T^{2/3})O~(T2/3). Reaching T\sqrt TT​ requires information to flow across contexts. Lemma 2 says that a round with a small context feeds the minimum counts of every larger context. Lemma 3 turns this into a bound on the sum of confidence widths that depends on the width β\betaβ of the context order and not on MMM. Lemma 2 is a statement about a randomized algorithm whose active sets depend on the whole past, and its proof uses the uniform choice among the sources of the active set together with the extra elimination rule (⋆⋆\star\star⋆⋆). The step from a high-probability bound to an expectation over iid contexts must keep the contexts independent of the rewards and of the algorithm's randomness.

Formalization scope

  • Time and grids. Rounds are Fin T: paper round ttt is index t−1t-1t−1. The grids (6) are finite sets of reals. Context iii and action jjj of Fin M, Fin K stand for (i+1)/M(i+1)/M(i+1)/M and (j+1)/K(j+1)/K(j+1)/K. The paper's M=K=T1/2M=K=T^{1/2}M=K=T1/2 are ⌈T⌉\lceil\sqrt T\rceil⌈T​⌉.
  • HOB law. GGG is a probability measure on R\mathbb RR carried by [0,1][0,1][0,1], with G(x)=μG((−∞,x])G(x)=\mu_G((-\infty,x])G(x)=μG​((−∞,x]). Atoms are allowed.
  • Policies. A policy has an internal probability space. Its round-ttt bid takes the values as Fin (t+1) → ℝ and the feedback max⁡{bs,ms}\max\{b_s,m_s\}max{bs​,ms​} as Fin t → ℝ. It never sees mmm, GGG or FFF. The expectation is an integral against μU⊗F⊗T⊗G⊗T\mu_U\otimes F^{\otimes T}\otimes G^{\otimes T}μU​⊗F⊗T⊗G⊗T.
  • Integrability. Every expected-regret bound also asserts that the regret is integrable. This rules out the trivializing reading in which a non-measurable policy has expected regret 000 (Lean's value of a non-integrable integral).
  • Horizon. Theorem 1 and Corollary 1 start at T≥2T\ge2T≥2: at T=1T=1T=1 the printed bound is 000, but an uninformed first bid has positive regret.
  • Algorithm 3. The algorithm is a deterministic function of the contexts, the reward vectors and one uniform ut∈[0,1]u_t\in[0,1]ut​∈[0,1] per round. The uniform choice in (⋆\star⋆) is the ⌊utn⌋\lfloor u_tn\rfloor⌊ut​n⌋-th of the nnn candidates. The topological ordering of the contexts is an argument, and every theorem quantifies over all such orderings. An active set emptied off the good event has minimum count +∞+\infty+∞, and the algorithm then plays action 000.
  • Definition 3. "a⋆(c)=arg⁡max⁡aRc,aa^\star(c)=\arg\max_aR_{c,a}a⋆(c)=argmaxa​Rc,a​" is read as some selection of maximisers that is monotone. The independence numbers enter as upper bounds.
  • Probabilities. "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" means the failure set has measure at most δ\deltaδ. Lemma 2 is stated for every fixed context sequence.
  • Rewards in Corollary 1. The quantized auction rewards lie in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1], and Algorithm 3 runs on them as printed. The formalization does not claim that they are a Definition 2 instance.

Not stated here: the adversarial parts of Theorem 5 and Corollary 1, Lemma 3.2, and the contextual form of Lemma 1. Proof contributions are welcome at every level. Useful infrastructure includes an anytime concentration bound for running means under adaptive sampling (the contextual Lemma 1) and Dilworth's theorem for finite posets (the step from β=1\beta=1β=1 to general β\betaβ in Lemma 3). Lemmas 3, 4 and 5 can be attacked first and independently.

Selected references

  • Y. Han, Z. Zhou, T. Weissman, Optimal No-regret Learning in Repeated First-price Auctions, Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2003.09795v7, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2003.09795
  • N. Alon, N. Cesa-Bianchi, O. Dekel, T. Koren, Online Learning with Feedback Graphs: Beyond Bandits, COLT 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.07617
  • S. Balseiro, N. Golrezaei, M. Mahdian, V. Mirrokni, J. Schneider, Contextual Bandits with Cross-Learning, NeurIPS 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.09582
  • R. P. Dilworth, A Decomposition Theorem for Partially Ordered Sets, Annals of Mathematics 51(1), 1950. https://doi.org/10.2307/1969503
12 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Retailer-Led Marketplaces 3: An Ad Valorem Fee Dominates a Per-Unit Fee, So the Monopolist Charges No Per-Unit FeeResearch Paper

Why platform fee design matters

Large online retailers such as Amazon, Walmart and JD.com run a retailer-led marketplace: they sell products on their own account and, on the same storefront, host independent third-party sellers whose sales they tax. How the platform charges those sellers is a live question for competition authorities and for the platforms themselves. Real marketplaces mostly use ad valorem fees (a percentage of the seller's revenue, the "referral fee"), sometimes together with per-item charges. Hervas-Drane and Shelegia (Management Science, 2025) build a model of such a marketplace in which the platform chooses its fee, steers part of the demand, and decides which products to sell itself under a capacity constraint. In their Appendix B.3 they ask whether a per-unit fee would serve the platform better than the ad valorem fee, and answer that it would not: provided the per-unit fee is not a subsidy, the platform sets it to zero (Lemma B.1). The comparison echoes the classical public-finance question of ad valorem versus specific taxation under imperfect competition (Suits and Musgrave, 1953).

Setting

There is a unit mass of products, indexed by their value vvv to consumers, distributed by a probability measure μ\muμ (the CDF GGG of the paper) on [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞), where c>0c>0c>0 is the common marginal cost of supplying a unit. Each product is its own market, with a unit mass of unit-demand consumers and one potential third-party seller TTT. The monopolist MMM:

  • charges an ad valorem fee f∈[0,1]f\in[0,1]f∈[0,1] on TTT's revenue and a per-unit fee t≥0t\ge0t≥0 on each unit TTT sells;
  • steers a share λ∈[1/2,1]\lambda\in[1/2,1]λ∈[1/2,1] of the consumers of each product to the seller of his choice (Assumption 1 of the paper); the other 1−λ1-\lambda1−λ buy from the cheapest seller;
  • can sell himself at most a fraction k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1] of all products (assortment capacity).

The game has three stages: MMM announces (f,t)(f,t)(f,t); each TTT decides whether to enter, then MMM chooses which products to sell; then prices are set. In a product sold by TTT alone (SBT) she charges vvv and MMM earns fv+tfv+tfv+t. In a product sold by both (SBMT), MMM serves the steered consumers at vvv and TTT charges

pˉT=λv+(1−λ)(c+t)1−f(1−λ)(B.1),\bar p_T=\frac{\lambda v+(1-\lambda)(c+t)}{1-f(1-\lambda)}\qquad\text{(B.1)},pˉ​T​=1−f(1−λ)λv+(1−λ)(c+t)​(B.1),

so MMM earns πMSBMT=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)(fpˉT+t)\pi_M^{SBMT}=\lambda(v-c)+(1-\lambda)(f\bar p_T+t)πMSBMT​=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)(fpˉ​T​+t). A product sold by MMM alone (SBM) earns him v−cv-cv−c. Sellers enter the products of the marketplace set mp(c,f,t)={v:v(1−f)≥c+t}\mathrm{mp}(c,f,t)=\{v: v(1-f)\ge c+t\}mp(c,f,t)={v:v(1−f)≥c+t}, that is v≥vT=(c+t)/(1−f)v\ge v_T=(c+t)/(1-f)v≥vT​=(c+t)/(1−f) when f<1f<1f<1.

An allocation is a measurable set AAA of products with μ(A)≤k\mu(A)\le kμ(A)≤k. MMM's profit profitM(A)\mathrm{profit}_M(A)profitM​(A) adds v−cv-cv−c over A∖mpA\setminus\mathrm{mp}A∖mp, πMSBMT\pi_M^{SBMT}πMSBMT​ over A∩mpA\cap\mathrm{mp}A∩mp and fv+tfv+tfv+t over mp∖A\mathrm{mp}\setminus Amp∖A, and his profit at fees (f,t)(f,t)(f,t) is

ΠM(k,f,t)=sup⁡{profitM(A):A measurable, μ(A)≤k}.\Pi_M(k,f,t)=\sup\{\mathrm{profit}_M(A): A\ \text{measurable},\ \mu(A)\le k\}.ΠM​(k,f,t)=sup{profitM​(A):A measurable, μ(A)≤k}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma B.1

For every maximiser (f∗,t∗)(f^*,t^*)(f∗,t∗) of ΠM(k,⋅,⋅)\Pi_M(k,\cdot,\cdot)ΠM​(k,⋅,⋅) over [0,1]×[0,∞)[0,1]\times[0,\infty)[0,1]×[0,∞) with f∗<1f^*<1f∗<1,

t∗=0.t^*=0.t∗=0.

The goal asserts nothing about existence of a maximiser or about the value of f∗f^*f∗; it constrains every maximiser.

Milestones

  1. Entry threshold with a unit fee (App. B.3). For f<1f<1f<1: (1−f)v−c−t>0  ⟺  v>vT(1-f)v-c-t>0\iff v>v_T(1−f)v−c−t>0⟺v>vT​,  pˉT(1−f)−c−t>0  ⟺  v>vT\ \bar p_T(1-f)-c-t>0\iff v>v_T pˉ​T​(1−f)−c−t>0⟺v>vT​, and v∈mp  ⟺  v≥vTv\in\mathrm{mp}\iff v\ge v_Tv∈mp⟺v≥vT​, with vT=(c+t)/(1−f)v_T=(c+t)/(1-f)vT​=(c+t)/(1−f).
  2. The fee switch (proof of Lemma B.1). For 0<ε<t∗0<\varepsilon<t^*0<ε<t∗ and f∗<1f^*<1f∗<1, the fees t′=t∗−εt'=t^*-\varepsilont′=t∗−ε, f′=ε+f∗(c+t∗−ε)c+t∗f'=\dfrac{\varepsilon+f^*(c+t^*-\varepsilon)}{c+t^*}f′=c+t∗ε+f∗(c+t∗−ε)​ satisfy t′>0t'>0t′>0, f∗<f′<1f^*<f'<1f∗<f′<1 and vT(f′,t′)=vT(f∗,t∗)v_T(f',t')=v_T(f^*,t^*)vT​(f′,t′)=vT​(f∗,t∗).
  3. SBT step. vf′+t′>vf∗+t∗  ⟺  v>vT(f∗,t∗)vf'+t'>vf^*+t^*\iff v>v_T(f^*,t^*)vf′+t′>vf∗+t∗⟺v>vT​(f∗,t∗).
  4. SBMT step. pˉT(f′,t′)f′+t′>pˉT(f∗,t∗)f∗+t∗  ⟺  v>vT(f∗,t∗)\bar p_T(f',t')f'+t'>\bar p_T(f^*,t^*)f^*+t^*\iff v>v_T(f^*,t^*)pˉ​T​(f′,t′)f′+t′>pˉ​T​(f∗,t∗)f∗+t∗⟺v>vT​(f∗,t∗).

Significance

The result. Lemma B.1 justifies restricting the platform's instrument to an ad valorem fee, which is how the paper's main analysis (entry modes, the positive optimal fee, fee regulation) proceeds. It also isolates a mechanism: a per-unit fee raises the seller's effective marginal cost and so the price she must charge, while an ad valorem fee with the same entry threshold extracts more from high-value products. The paper notes on p. 19 that once subsidies t<0t<0t<0 are allowed the conclusion reverses; that is a different optimisation and not part of this mission.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper in a short argument; it has no machine-checked proof. A formal proof must make precise what the paper leaves implicit: that ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is a supremum over all allocations, re-optimised after a fee change, that the profit gain from the fee switch is strictly positive and survives the supremum, and which degenerate corners (a foreclosed marketplace, full capacity with full steering) must be excluded. The model file is shared in form with the series' two other missions, which formalize the paper's entry-mode theorem (Proposition 2) and the positivity of the optimal ad valorem fee (Lemma 2).

Difficulty

The milestone algebra is elementary. The difficulty is in passing from a pointwise gain to the value function. The fee switch raises MMM's revenue on every marketplace product above vTv_TvT​ for a fixed allocation; ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is a supremum over allocations, so a pointwise strict gain does not by itself give a strict gain of the supremum. When λ<1\lambda<1λ<1 the gain is bounded below uniformly over allocations, through the positive mass of [vT,∞)[v_T,\infty)[vT​,∞). When λ=1\lambda=1λ=1 the SBMT gain vanishes, and an allocation that covers almost all marketplace products gains nothing; ruling out that the supremum is approached by such allocations requires comparing with a different fee pair, and uses that μ\muμ has a density and full support. The naive reading, "keep MMM's allocation fixed and compare", only gives a lower bound on the new value and is not itself a proof of optimality failure.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions, all in the namespace RetailerMarketplace.UnitFee:

  • GGG is a measure μ : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure μ, μ (Set.Iio c) = 0, μ ≪ volume (a density), Integrable (fun v => v) μ (finite mean, never stated in the paper but needed for profits to be finite), and full support on [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞), ∀ a b, c ≤ a → a < b → 0 < μ (Set.Ioo a b) (the reading of G−1G^{-1}G−1 in the paper's display (3)).
  • 0 < c is a standing hypothesis (the paper's v∈[c,∞)v\in[c,\infty)v∈[c,∞) and "f=1f=1f=1 such that vT→∞v_T\to\inftyvT​→∞" presuppose it); λ∈[1/2,1]\lambda\in[1/2,1]λ∈[1/2,1] is Assumption 1; k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1].
  • The marketplace set is {v:c+t≤v(1−f)}\{v: c+t\le v(1-f)\}{v:c+t≤v(1−f)} (entry at zero profit, as in the paper's Lemma 1), never {v:(c+t)/(1−f)≤v}\{v: (c+t)/(1-f)\le v\}{v:(c+t)/(1−f)≤v}, which Lean's division by zero would make wrong at f=1f=1f=1. vT and the switched fee f′f'f′ appear only under f<1f<1f<1 and c+t>0c+t>0c+t>0.
  • (B.1) and the unit-fee payoffs are definitions: the paper states them without proof as the Stage-3 outcome, and this mission does not formalize a unit-fee pricing game.
  • PiM is sSup of the profits of all measurable allocations of mass at most kkk; under integrability the set is nonempty and bounded above, so this is a genuine supremum.
  • The goal adds two disclosed restrictions: f∗<1f^*<1f∗<1 (at f=1f=1f=1 no seller enters, ttt is payoff-irrelevant, and (1,t)(1,t)(1,t) with t>0t>0t>0 can be optimal) and (k,λ)≠(1,1)(k,\lambda)\ne(1,1)(k,λ)=(1,1) (every fee pair is then optimal).

A formalization that fixes MMM's allocation in the definition of ΠM\Pi_MΠM​, restricts allocations to intervals, takes the supremum over a set that may be unbounded, or replaces "every maximiser has t∗=0t^*=0t∗=0" by "some pair beats (f∗,t∗)(f^*,t^*)(f∗,t∗)" would trivialize or change the statement, and is ruled out.

A complete development needs set integrals over the marketplace set, the bathtub-type comparison of allocations, and order properties of sSup on ℝ. The model file and the milestone lemmas are reusable for any fee-design question in the same model. Proofs of the milestones, of the goal, and of intermediate lemmas about PiM (monotonicity in the fees, strict improvement under the fee switch) are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Hervas-Drane and S. Shelegia, Retailer-Led Marketplaces, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.00315 (App. B.3, p. 18).
  • D. B. Suits and R. A. Musgrave, Ad Valorem and Unit Taxes Compared, The Quarterly Journal of Economics 67(4):598–604, 1953. https://doi.org/10.2307/1883604
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection 4: The Greedy-Phase Budget of the Explore-First Greedy Procedure Decays Exponentially in n0Research Paper

Motivation

Ranking and selection (R&S) asks which of kkk simulated alternatives has the largest mean when each observation is noisy and the simulation budget is fixed. Large-scale problems, with thousands or millions of alternatives, arise in simulation optimization run on parallel computers, and for them the relevant question is how the total budget BBB must grow with kkk. A procedure is sample optimal when a budget linear in kkk keeps its probability of correct selection (PCS) bounded away from zero as k→∞k \to \inftyk→∞.

Li, Fan and Hong (arXiv:2303.02951, Management Science 2025) show that the simplest adaptive procedure, the greedy procedure, which always samples the alternative with the largest current sample mean, is sample optimal, and that an explore-first greedy (EFG) procedure, which first takes n0n_0n0​ observations from every alternative and then runs the greedy procedure, is in addition consistent: its asymptotic PCS can be pushed to any level α<1\alpha < 1α<1 with a budget linear in kkk.

The EFG procedure splits the budget per alternative, B/k=n0+ngB/k = n_0 + n_gB/k=n0​+ng​, into an exploration part n0n_0n0​ and a greedy part ngn_gng​. A natural guess is that most of the budget should go to the greedy phase, since the exploration phase alone is equal allocation, which is not sample optimal. Lemma 6 of the paper (§5.5, p. 25) shows the opposite: the greedy-phase budget needed for the paper's guarantee decays exponentially in n0n_0n0​. This mission formalizes Lemma 6.

Setting

Let Z1,Z2,…Z_1, Z_2, \dotsZ1​,Z2​,… be independent standard normal random variables and

Zˉ(n)=1n∑j=1nZj\bar Z(n) = \frac1n \sum_{j=1}^n Z_jZˉ(n)=n1​j=1∑n​Zj​

their running average. For a level x∈Rx \in \mathbb Rx∈R and a positive integer n0n_0n0​, the boundary-crossing time is

N~(x;n0)=inf⁡{n≥n0:Zˉ(n)<x},\tilde N(x; n_0) = \inf\{ n \ge n_0 : \bar Z(n) < x \},N~(x;n0​)=inf{n≥n0​:Zˉ(n)<x},

with inf⁡∅=∞\inf \emptyset = \inftyinf∅=∞, and its expectation is

C(x;n0)=E[N~(x;n0)]∈[0,∞].C(x; n_0) = \mathrm E\big[\tilde N(x; n_0)\big] \in [0, \infty].C(x;n0​)=E[N~(x;n0​)]∈[0,∞].

For x>0x > 0x>0 the running average eventually drops below xxx and C(x;n0)C(x; n_0)C(x;n0​) is finite; for x≤0x \le 0x≤0 it is infinite. Write Φ\PhiΦ for the standard normal cdf and Φˉ=1−Φ\bar\Phi = 1 - \PhiΦˉ=1−Φ.

In the R&S model, alternative iii has normal observations with mean μi\mu_iμi​ and variance σi2\sigma_i^2σi2​. Assumption 1 (p. 12) gives constants γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 and σˉ>0\bar\sigma > 0σˉ>0 such that the best mean exceeds every other by at least γ\gammaγ and every variance is at most σˉ2\bar\sigma^2σˉ2. The paper's Theorem 3 (p. 23) shows that EFG with exploration budget n0n_0n0​ keeps the PCS above a positive bound when the greedy phase receives at least

ng=C ⁣(γ−γ0σˉ;n0)−n0n_g = C\!\left(\frac{\gamma - \gamma_0}{\bar\sigma}; n_0\right) - n_0ng​=C(σˉγ−γ0​​;n0​)−n0​

observations per alternative, for a fixed γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ). In Lean the objects are GreedyRS.Budget.zbar, crossTime, Cn0 and Phi.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 6 (p. 25)

For γ0∈(0,γ)\gamma_0 \in (0, \gamma)γ0​∈(0,γ), σˉ>0\bar\sigma > 0σˉ>0 and n0≥1n_0 \ge 1n0​≥1, set

κ=(γ−γ0)22σˉ2,β=(1−e−κ)−1.\kappa = \frac{(\gamma - \gamma_0)^2}{2\bar\sigma^2}, \qquad \beta = \big(1 - e^{-\kappa}\big)^{-1}.κ=2σˉ2(γ−γ0​)2​,β=(1−e−κ)−1.

Then β>0\beta > 0β>0, κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0, and

ng=C ⁣(γ−γ0σˉ;n0)−n0≤β e−κn0.n_g = C\!\left(\frac{\gamma - \gamma_0}{\bar\sigma}; n_0\right) - n_0 \le \beta\, e^{-\kappa n_0}.ng​=C(σˉγ−γ0​​;n0​)−n0​≤βe−κn0​.

Milestones (the steps of the proof printed in EC.2.4, p. ec9)

  1. For x>0x > 0x>0: C(x;n0)−n0≤∑n≥n0Φˉ(n x)\displaystyle C(x; n_0) - n_0 \le \sum_{n \ge n_0} \bar\Phi(\sqrt n\, x)C(x;n0​)−n0​≤n≥n0​∑​Φˉ(n​x).
  2. For t>0t > 0t>0: Φˉ(t)≤e−t2/2\bar\Phi(t) \le e^{-t^2/2}Φˉ(t)≤e−t2/2.
  3. For x≠0x \ne 0x=0: ∑n≥n0e−nx2/2=e−n0x2/21−e−x2/2\displaystyle \sum_{n \ge n_0} e^{-n x^2/2} = \frac{e^{-n_0 x^2/2}}{1 - e^{-x^2/2}}n≥n0​∑​e−nx2/2=1−e−x2/2e−n0​x2/2​.

Significance

The result. Lemma 6 explains the budget-allocation behaviour of EFG: as the budget per alternative grows, almost all of it can go to exploration, and an exponentially small greedy phase still turns equal allocation into a sample-optimal and consistent procedure. The paper uses it to justify a simple proportional rule (a fixed fraction ppp of the budget to exploration) when γ\gammaγ and σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ are unknown, and it suggests that a short greedy phase may repair other non-sample-optimal procedures. The bound also gives an explicit, computable upper estimate of C(x;n0)C(x; n_0)C(x;n0​), for which no closed form is known when n0≥2n_0 \ge 2n0​≥2 (p. 22).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof exists. The mission produces a formal model of the expected boundary-crossing time of a Gaussian running average, with values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞], a tail-sum bound for it, and the standard Gaussian tail bound in the form 1−Φ(t)≤e−t2/21 - \Phi(t) \le e^{-t^2/2}1−Φ(t)≤e−t2/2. The companion missions of this series (Theorems 1, 2 and 4 of the same paper) use the same crossing-time objects.

Difficulty

The closing algebra is elementary; the difficulty is measure-theoretic. The crossing time is an extended-natural-valued random variable defined through the whole infinite path, and before its finiteness is known it may be infinite with positive probability, so its expectation must be handled in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] rather than as a real number. Relating it to normal tail probabilities requires the exact law of the running average Zˉ(n)\bar Z(n)Zˉ(n) under the infinite product measure, that is, the distribution of a sum of independent Gaussian coordinates, which is not a one-line consequence of the available library.

Formalization scope

  • The i.i.d. sequence is the law Measure.infinitePi (fun _ => gaussianReal 0 1) on RN\mathbb R^{\mathbb N}RN; entry jjj of a path is Zj+1Z_{j+1}Zj+1​.
  • The crossing time is typed in N∪{∞}\mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}N∪{∞} (ℕ∞), and C(x;n0)C(x; n_0)C(x;n0​) is a lower Lebesgue integral with values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. A crossing time typed in N\mathbb NN, where the infimum of the empty set is 000, would make C(x;n0)C(x; n_0)C(x;n0​) finite for every xxx and the goal easier than the paper's; this encoding is excluded.
  • Every statement takes n0≥1n_0 \ge 1n0​≥1 (the paper's "positive integer n0n_0n0​"); in Lean Zˉ(0)=0\bar Z(0) = 0Zˉ(0)=0, so n0=0n_0 = 0n0​=0 would change the meaning.
  • The bound on ngn_gng​ is stated additively, C(⋅;n0)≤n0+βe−κn0C(\cdot; n_0) \le n_0 + \beta e^{-\kappa n_0}C(⋅;n0​)≤n0​+βe−κn0​, which is equivalent because N~(x;n0)≥n0\tilde N(x; n_0) \ge n_0N~(x;n0​)≥n0​, and which asserts that C(⋅;n0)C(\cdot; n_0)C(⋅;n0​) is finite there. The constants κ\kappaκ and β\betaβ are the named values of the page, not bare existentials, and their positivity is part of the conclusion. κ\kappaκ uses the variance bound σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ of Assumption 1.
  • Only the numbers γ,γ0,σˉ\gamma, \gamma_0, \bar\sigmaγ,γ0​,σˉ enter the goal; the R&S procedure and the observation array are not part of this mission.
  • Φˉ(t)\bar\Phi(t)Φˉ(t) is written 1 - Phi t with Phi the cdf of gaussianReal 0 1.
  • Sums over n≥n0n \ge n_0n≥n0​ are reindexed from 000.
  • The source is the arXiv v3 preprint (arXiv:2303.02951v3); page numbers and labels are the preprint's, with e-companion page ecNNN = PDF page 39+N39 + N39+N.

Contributions welcome: the tail-sum formula for ℕ∞-valued expectations, the law of Zˉ(n)\bar Z(n)Zˉ(n) under the product measure, and the three milestones.

Selected references

  • Z. Li, W. Fan, L. J. Hong, The (Surprising) Sample Optimality of Greedy Procedures for Large-Scale Ranking and Selection, arXiv:2303.02951v3, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2303.02951
  • L. J. Hong, W. Fan, J. Luo, Review on ranking and selection: A new perspective, Frontiers of Engineering Management 8(3), 321–343, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42524-021-0152-6
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal No-regret Learning in Repeated First-price Auctions 4: Arm Elimination with Graph Feedback and Cross Learning Has Regret Õ(T ∧ √(αMT) ∧ √(KT)) with High ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

In many sequential decision problems, playing one action reveals the outcome of other actions too. A bidder in a first-price auction who bids bbb and sees the winning price learns whether every bid at or above that price would have won. A recommender that shows one item learns something about related items. Two kinds of side information recur. Graph feedback across actions: playing action aaa also reveals the rewards of the out-neighbours of aaa in a directed graph GGG (Mannor and Shamir 2011; Alon, Cesa-Bianchi, Dekel and Koren 2015). Cross learning across contexts: the reward of the chosen action is revealed under every context, not only the current one (Balseiro, Golrezaei, Mahdian, Mirrokni and Schneider 2019).

Han, Zhou and Weissman (arXiv:2003.09795v7) reduce learning to bid in repeated first-price auctions to a contextual bandit with both structures. Their §3 starts from a simple arm-elimination algorithm that exploits graph feedback (Algorithm 1) and extends it to contexts with cross learning (Algorithm 2). This mission formalizes that layer: the algorithms, their concentration lemma, and their high-probability regret bounds (Theorems 3 and 4).

Timeline:

  • 2011: Mannor and Shamir introduce bandits with side observations given by a graph.
  • 2015: Alon, Cesa-Bianchi, Dekel and Koren show that for adversarial bandits with a directed feedback graph the minimax regret is Θ~(αT)\tilde\Theta(\sqrt{\alpha T})Θ~(αT​), with α\alphaα the independence number; their Lemma 8 bounds the weak domination number by 50αlog⁡n50\alpha\log n50αlogn.
  • 2016–2020: Cohen, Hazan and Koren, and Lykouris, Tardos and Wali, give elimination-type algorithms for stochastic bandits with graph feedback.
  • 2019: Balseiro et al. introduce cross learning and obtain O~(KT)\tilde O(\sqrt{KT})O~(KT​) regret.
  • 2020–2024: Han, Zhou and Weissman obtain O~(min⁡{αM,K}T)\tilde O(\sqrt{\min\{\alpha M, K\}T})O~(min{αM,K}T​) for both structures together (this mission) and use it for first-price auctions.

Setting

A stochastic contextual bandit with graph feedback and cross learning (Definition 2) has a horizon TTT, contexts C=[M]\mathcal C = [M]C=[M], actions A=[K]\mathcal A = [K]A=[K], a joint reward law PPP supported on [0,1]M×K[0,1]^{M\times K}[0,1]M×K with mean rewards Rc,aR_{c,a}Rc,a​, and a directed graph G=(A,E)G = (\mathcal A, E)G=(A,E) without self-loops. In round ttt a context ctc_tct​ is revealed, the learner picks ata_tat​, nature draws rt=(rt,c,a)c,ar_t = (r_{t,c,a})_{c,a}rt​=(rt,c,a​)c,a​ iid from PPP, and the learner observes rt,c,ar_{t,c,a}rt,c,a​ for every c∈Cc \in \mathcal Cc∈C and every a∈It={at}∪{a:(at,a)∈E}a \in I_t = \{a_t\}\cup\{a : (a_t,a)\in E\}a∈It​={at​}∪{a:(at​,a)∈E}. The regret (5) is

RT(π)=∑t=1T(max⁡a∈ARct,a−Rct,at).R_T(\pi) = \sum_{t=1}^T\Big(\max_{a\in\mathcal A}R_{c_t,a} - R_{c_t,a_t}\Big).RT​(π)=t=1∑T​(a∈Amax​Rct​,a​−Rct​,at​​).

Definition 1 is the case M=1M = 1M=1, with regret (4). The independence number α\alphaα of GGG is the largest size of a set of actions with no edge between any two of them.

Algorithm 2 keeps for each context ccc an active set Aact,c\mathcal A_{\mathrm{act},c}Aact,c​ and a minimum count NcN_cNc​, and for each action aaa a count nan_ana​ shared by all contexts. In each round it plays an action of A0,ct={a∈Aact,ct:na=Nct}\mathcal A_{0,c_t} = \{a\in\mathcal A_{\mathrm{act},c_t} : n_a = N_{c_t}\}A0,ct​​={a∈Aact,ct​​:na​=Nct​​}, either of largest out-degree in the graph restricted to A0,ct\mathcal A_{0,c_t}A0,ct​​ (Option I) or of in-degree zero there (Option II, for DAGs). When every active action of context ccc has been observed more than NcN_cNc​ times, the active set drops the actions whose empirical reward falls below the best by more than 6log⁡(2T)log⁡(MKT/δ)/Nc6\sqrt{\log(2T)\log(MKT/\delta)/N_c}6log(2T)log(MKT/δ)/Nc​​. Algorithm 1 is the case M=1M = 1M=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, writing L=log⁡(2T)log⁡(MKT/δ)L = \log(2T)\log(MKT/\delta)L=log(2T)log(MKT/δ),

RT(π)≤T∧(K+24KTL)∧{50αM(log⁡K)2+24log⁡K50αMTLOption I,αM+24αMTLOption II, G a DAG,R_T(\pi)\le T\wedge\big(K+24\sqrt{KTL}\big)\wedge\begin{cases}50\alpha M(\log K)^2+24\log K\sqrt{50\alpha MTL} & \text{Option I},\\ \alpha M+24\sqrt{\alpha MTL} & \text{Option II, }G\text{ a DAG,}\end{cases}RT​(π)≤T∧(K+24KTL​)∧{50αM(logK)2+24logK50αMTL​αM+24αMTL​​Option I,Option II, G a DAG,​

for every context sequence and every tie-breaking rule.

Milestones

  • Lemma 1 (p. 13): with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, ∣rˉat−Ra∣≤3log⁡(2T)log⁡(KT/δ)/nat|\bar r^t_a - R_a|\le 3\sqrt{\log(2T)\log(KT/\delta)/n^t_a}∣rˉat​−Ra​∣≤3log(2T)log(KT/δ)/nat​​ for all rounds and all observed actions of Algorithm 1.
  • Lemma 10 (p. 35): a directed graph on n≥2n\ge2n≥2 vertices with independence number α\alphaα has a weakly dominating set of size at most 50αlog⁡n50\alpha\log n50αlogn.
  • Theorem 3 (p. 13): the one-context bound T∧(50α(log⁡K)2+24log⁡K50αTlog⁡(2T)log⁡(KT/δ))T\wedge(50\alpha(\log K)^2+24\log K\sqrt{50\alpha T\log(2T)\log(KT/\delta)})T∧(50α(logK)2+24logK50αTlog(2T)log(KT/δ)​) (Option I), resp. T∧(α+24αTlog⁡(2T)log⁡(KT/δ))T\wedge(\alpha+24\sqrt{\alpha T\log(2T)\log(KT/\delta)})T∧(α+24αTlog(2T)log(KT/δ)​) (Option II).
  • Lemma 1, contextual form (p. 16): the same concentration for Algorithm 2, uniformly over contexts, with log⁡(MKT/δ)\log(MKT/\delta)log(MKT/δ).

Significance

Theorem 4 shows that one algorithm attains, up to logarithmic factors, the better of two regret rates: KT\sqrt{KT}KT​, available from cross learning alone, and αMT\sqrt{\alpha MT}αMT​, available from graph feedback alone. The paper then shows (Theorem 6) that with adversarial contexts nothing better than min⁡{αMT,KT,T2/3}\min\{\sqrt{\alpha MT},\sqrt{KT},T^{2/3}\}min{αMT​,KT​,T2/3} is possible, while with stochastic contexts and a partial order a variant reaches O~(T)\tilde O(\sqrt T)O~(T​) for first-price auctions. Algorithm 2 is the building block of that variant.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. A formal development produces machine-checked versions of a concentration inequality with a random number of observations, of a domination bound for directed graphs, and of an elimination analysis with shared counts across contexts. Four printed statements need correction, and the formal statements record the corrected forms: the constant 333 in Theorem 4's second bound (the printed proof gives 242424); Lemma 10, which is false for n=1n = 1n=1 and for edgeless graphs as worded; Lemma 1, which fails for K=T=1K = T = 1K=T=1 and δ\deltaδ close to 111 (excluded by KT≥2KT \ge 2KT≥2); and the pseudocode of Algorithms 1–2, whose update Nc←Nc+1N_c \leftarrow N_c + 1Nc​←Nc​+1 can leave A0,c\mathcal A_{0,c}A0,c​ empty after an elimination (the formalization keeps the text's invariant Nc=min⁡a∈Aact,cnaN_c = \min_{a \in \mathcal A_{\mathrm{act},c}} n_aNc​=mina∈Aact,c​​na​, and coincides with the printed algorithm wherever the latter is defined).

Difficulty

The observations of an action are not a fixed sample: how often and when action aaa is revealed depends on earlier rewards through the algorithm's choices. A union bound with Hoeffding's inequality at a fixed sample size does not apply directly, and Lemma 1 needs a self-normalized martingale inequality.

For Option I, the obvious bound on how long it takes to observe every least-pulled action once more is ∣A0∣|\mathcal A_0|∣A0​∣ rounds, which gives only KT\sqrt{KT}KT​. Getting α\alphaα instead of KKK requires that a vertex of largest out-degree covers a 1/(50αlog⁡K)1/(50\alpha\log K)1/(50αlogK) fraction of the remaining vertices; this is the content of Lemma 10, a probabilistic-method bound that is not in Mathlib. For contexts, the per-context analyses must be combined while counts are shared, and the bound in KKK needs a per-action rather than a per-context accounting.

Formalization scope

  • Actions Fin K, contexts Fin M, rounds Fin T; paper round ttt is Lean index t−1t-1t−1. The feedback graph is a relation E with no self-loops; "independence number α\alphaα" is the hypothesis that every independent set has at most α\alphaα elements (all bounds increase in α\alphaα).
  • The reward law is a probability measure on Fin M → Fin K → ℝ carried by [0,1]M×K[0,1]^{M\times K}[0,1]M×K; rewards are iid across rounds (Measure.pi). The regret is the pseudo-regret with means Rc,a=∫rc,a dPR_{c,a}=\int r_{c,a}\,dPRc,a​=∫rc,a​dP.
  • "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is: the outer measure of the bad event under P⊗TP^{\otimes T}P⊗T is at most δ\deltaδ. The context sequence is fixed in advance (oblivious adversary); stochastic contexts independent of the rewards follow by conditioning.
  • "Break ties arbitrarily" is a tie-breaking rule that sees the round, the algorithm's state (including the learner's whole observation history) and the context; the theorems hold for every rule that picks a member of every nonempty set.
  • The minimum count NcN_cNc​ follows the text's definition Nc=min⁡a∈Aact,cnaN_c = \min_{a\in\mathcal A_{\mathrm{act},c}}n_aNc​=mina∈Aact,c​​na​. The printed update Nc←Nc+1N_c\leftarrow N_c+1Nc​←Nc​+1 can leave A0,c\mathcal A_{0,c}A0,c​ empty after an elimination (for example with edges a→ba\to ba→b and c→bc\to bc→b, when aaa and ccc are eliminated), where the printed algorithm is undefined. The formal algorithm agrees with the printed one wherever the latter is defined.
  • Lemma 1 quantifies over nat≥1n^t_a\ge1nat​≥1 and excludes K=T=1K = T = 1K=T=1, where it is false for δ\deltaδ close to 111.
  • Ruled out: replacing the three-way minimum by a single bound, restricting to a fixed tie-breaking rule, or to stochastic contexts.

Welcome contributions: the self-normalized inequality of de la Peña, Klass and Lai (Lemma 11), Lemma 10, invariants of Algorithm 2 (the active sets stay nonempty and contain an optimal action on the good event), and the deterministic regret accounting given the concentration event.

Selected references

  • Y. Han, Z. Zhou, T. Weissman, Optimal No-regret Learning in Repeated First-price Auctions, arXiv:2003.09795v7, 2024; Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2003.09795
  • N. Alon, N. Cesa-Bianchi, O. Dekel, T. Koren, Online Learning with Feedback Graphs: Beyond Bandits, COLT 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.07617
  • S. Mannor, O. Shamir, From Bandits to Experts: On the Value of Side-Observations, NeurIPS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1106.2436
  • S. Balseiro, N. Golrezaei, M. Mahdian, V. Mirrokni, J. Schneider, Contextual Bandits with Cross-Learning, NeurIPS 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.09582
  • V. H. de la Peña, M. J. Klass, T. L. Lai, Self-normalized processes: exponential inequalities, moment bounds and iterated logarithm laws, Annals of Probability 32(3A), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/009117904000000397
8 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Retailer-Led Marketplaces 2: The Monopolist Always Charges a Strictly Positive Ad Valorem Marketplace FeeResearch Paper

Motivation

Large online retailers such as Amazon sell their own products and, on the same storefront, host third-party sellers who pay a commission on their sales. The owner of such a retailer-led marketplace sets the commission, competes with the sellers it hosts, and can direct inattentive consumers to the offer of its choice. How these levers interact is a central question in the economics of digital platforms and in the current policy debate on platform fees and self-preferencing.

Hervas-Drane and Shelegia (2025) build a model of a monopoly retailer with a marketplace and an assortment capacity constraint, and derive the platform's entry pattern, its fee and the effect of policy interventions. A basic question about the fee is whether a retailer that can sell products itself would ever choose to run its marketplace for free, collecting nothing from the sellers it hosts. This mission formalizes the paper's answer, Lemma 2: it never does.

Setting

There is a unit mass of products, indexed by their consumer valuation vvv. Valuations are distributed according to a probability measure μ\muμ (the CDF GGG of the paper) on [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞), where c>0c>0c>0 is the marginal cost every firm incurs per unit. Each product is an independent market with a unit mass of consumers who each buy one unit at any price p≤vp\le vp≤v.

The monopolist MMM owns the storefront. For each product there is one third-party seller TTT who can sell only through the marketplace. The game has three stages.

  1. MMM announces an ad valorem fee f∈[0,1]f\in[0,1]f∈[0,1], the share of TTT's revenue he collects.
  2. Each TTT decides whether to enter; then MMM chooses which products to sell himself, subject to his capacity k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1]: the set AAA of products he enters must have μ(A)≤k\mu(A)\le kμ(A)≤k.
  3. Prices are set. MMM can steer a share λ\lambdaλ of consumers to the seller of his choice; the remaining 1−λ1-\lambda1−λ buy from the cheapest seller.

The pricing stage (Proposition 1 of the paper) gives per-market payoffs. If MMM sells alone (SBM) he earns v−cv-cv−c. If TTT sells alone (SBT) she charges vvv and MMM collects fvfvfv. If both sell (SBMT), TTT charges

pˉT=λv+c(1−λ)1−f(1−λ),\bar p_T=\frac{\lambda v+c(1-\lambda)}{1-f(1-\lambda)},pˉ​T​=1−f(1−λ)λv+c(1−λ)​,

and MMM earns πMSBMT=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)fpˉT\pi_M^{SBMT}=\lambda(v-c)+(1-\lambda)f\bar p_TπMSBMT​=λ(v−c)+(1−λ)fpˉ​T​. Seller TTT enters exactly the marketplace products mp(c,f)={v:v(1−f)≥c}\mathrm{mp}(c,f)=\{v: v(1-f)\ge c\}mp(c,f)={v:v(1−f)≥c} (Lemma 1). Given an allocation AAA, MMM's profit is

profitM(A)=∫A∖mp(v−c) dμ+∫A∩mpπMSBMT dμ+∫mp∖Afv dμ,\mathrm{profit}_M(A)=\int_{A\setminus\mathrm{mp}}(v-c)\,d\mu+\int_{A\cap\mathrm{mp}}\pi_M^{SBMT}\,d\mu+\int_{\mathrm{mp}\setminus A}fv\,d\mu,profitM​(A)=∫A∖mp​(v−c)dμ+∫A∩mp​πMSBMT​dμ+∫mp∖A​fvdμ,

and his profit as a function of the fee is the value of his allocation problem,

ΠM(k,f)=sup⁡{profitM(A):A measurable, μ(A)≤k}.\Pi_M(k,f)=\sup\{\mathrm{profit}_M(A): A\ \text{measurable},\ \mu(A)\le k\}.ΠM​(k,f)=sup{profitM​(A):A measurable, μ(A)≤k}.

The paper maintains Assumption 1, λ≥12\lambda\ge\tfrac12λ≥21​: the monopolist steers over half of the consumers.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2 (p. 7)

For every f∗∈[0,1]f^*\in[0,1]f∗∈[0,1] with ΠM(k,f)≤ΠM(k,f∗)\Pi_M(k,f)\le\Pi_M(k,f^*)ΠM​(k,f)≤ΠM​(k,f∗) for all f∈[0,1]f\in[0,1]f∈[0,1],

f∗>0.f^*>0 .f∗>0.

The statement is about every maximising fee. It does not assert that a maximiser exists, which the paper does not claim in Lemma 2.

Milestone: the derivative in the proof of Lemma 2 (p. 8)

The map f↦ΠM(k,f)f\mapsto\Pi_M(k,f)f↦ΠM​(k,f) has a right derivative at f=0f=0f=0, and it is strictly positive:

∃ d>0:∂ΠM∂f(k,0+)=d.\exists\, d>0:\quad \frac{\partial\Pi_M}{\partial f}(k,0^+)=d .∃d>0:∂f∂ΠM​​(k,0+)=d.

Significance

Lemma 2 is the first result of the paper's fee analysis. It says that the fee is an active instrument in every configuration of capacity and steering: even a monopolist who can sell every product himself extracts revenue from the sellers he hosts, because at a zero fee the first-order effect of raising it is positive. The paper's subsequent characterisation of the optimal fee (Proposition 3) and its policy results on fee caps and on banning the retailer from its own marketplace (Propositions 4–6) all take place in the region f∗>0f^*>0f∗>0 that this lemma secures.

The paper proves Lemma 2 in two sentences, by "inspection of ΠM\Pi_MΠM​". None of the results is formalized elsewhere. The formal development has to make the inspection precise: ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is the value of an infinite-dimensional allocation problem whose optimal allocation changes with fff, so its one-sided differentiability at 000 is an envelope-type statement rather than a calculus exercise. The model layer (the marketplace set, the Proposition 1 payoffs, the allocation problem and its value) is shared, in identical form, with the two companion missions of this series.

Difficulty

ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is a supremum over measurable sets, not a closed-form function of fff, so its derivative cannot be read off a formula. Two effects change as fff grows from zero: fee revenue rises on every marketplace product, while the products with c≤v<c/(1−f)c\le v<c/(1-f)c≤v<c/(1−f) leave the marketplace and their sellers stop paying fees. At f=0f=0f=0 these products pay no fee, so their loss is of second order. Making this precise requires control of the optimal allocation uniformly near f=0f=0f=0 and of the mass of the exiting products, using only that GGG has a density.

The naive argument "keep the allocation optimal at f=0f=0f=0 and raise the fee slightly" shows that some positive fee beats f=0f=0f=0, but it does not compute the derivative. The claim also fails in one corner: with k=1k=1k=1 and λ=1\lambda=1λ=1 the SBMT payoff equals the SBM payoff, the monopolist supplies every product at every fee, and ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ does not depend on fff.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace RetailerMarketplace.PositiveFee. Valuations are a measure μ : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure μ, μ (Set.Iio c) = 0 (support in [c,∞)[c,\infty)[c,∞)) and μ ≪ volume (the density ggg). Allocations are arbitrary measurable sets of mass at most kkk, never intervals. ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is defined as the supremum of profitM over them (PiM); by the paper's Proposition 2 it coincides with the closed form (4), which this mission cannot use because its thresholds vL,vHv_L,v_HvL​,vH​ are the conclusion of Proposition 2. The marketplace set is {v | c ≤ v * (1 - f)}, correct also at f=1f=1f=1, where it is empty.

Standing and added hypotheses, all disclosed in the item statements:

  • c>0c>0c>0, implicit in the paper's "v∈[c,∞)v\in[c,\infty)v∈[c,∞)" and "f=1f=1f=1 such that vT→∞v_T\to\inftyvT​→∞";
  • λ∈[12,1]\lambda\in[\tfrac12,1]λ∈[21​,1] (Assumption 1), k∈[0,1]k\in[0,1]k∈[0,1], fees in [0,1][0,1][0,1];
  • ∫∣v∣ dμ<∞\int|v|\,d\mu<\infty∫∣v∣dμ<∞, needed for the profits to be finite and not stated in the paper;
  • ¬(k=1∧λ=1)\neg(k=1\wedge\lambda=1)¬(k=1∧λ=1), the corner where the printed claim is false.

No full-support hypothesis and no existence of an optimal fee are assumed.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the supremum is over a nonempty family that is bounded above under integrability, so PiM is not a junk sSup; and the goal quantifies over every maximiser rather than asserting that some positive fee beats f=0f=0f=0.

A complete development needs set integrals over μ\muμ, a bathtub-type comparison of allocations, and one-sided derivatives of a value function. The value-function and allocation lemmas are reusable for the companion missions on entry modes and on per-unit fees. Contributions of intermediate lemmas, such as attainment of ΠM(k,0)\Pi_M(k,0)ΠM​(k,0) by a top-kkk allocation, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Hervas-Drane and S. Shelegia, Retailer-Led Marketplaces, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.00315
  • A. Hervas-Drane and S. Shelegia, Price competition with a stake in your rival, International Journal of Industrial Organization 84, 102862, 2022 (the paper's source for the simultaneous pricing game). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijindorg.2022.102862
  • F. Zhu and Q. Liu, Competing with complementors: An empirical look at Amazon.com, Strategic Management Journal 39, 2618–2642, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.2932
4 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 21 of 45Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me